NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1996-01-29
Previous: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS MUN INVT TR FD MULTISTATE SERIES 17, 497, 1996-01-29
Next: SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST, NSAR-B, 1996-01-29



<PAGE>


        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 1996
         
                                                               File No. 811-7200



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                       X
         
        
                            NEW YORK MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                    (formerly called New York Tax Free Portfolio)
                    ----------------------------------------------
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
         


                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                        --------------------------------------
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                               --------------


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                   ------------------------------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
        
         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
        
              This Registration Statement, as amended, has been filed by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended.  However, interests in the Registrant have not been registered
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), because
     such interests will be issued solely in private placement transactions
     that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning of Section
     4(2) of the 1933 Act.  Investments in the Registrant may be made only by
     investment companies, common or commingled trust funds, or similar
     organizations or entities that are "accredited investors" within the
     meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses to Items 1 through 3 and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              New York Municipals Portfolio (the "Portfolio") is a
     non-diversified, open-end management investment company which was
     organized as a trust under the laws of the State of New York on May 1,
     1992.  Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
     Act").  Investments in the Portfolio may be made only by U.S. and foreign
     investment companies, common or commingled trust funds, or similar
     organizations or entities that are "accredited investors" within the
     meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective is to provide current income
     exempt from regular federal income tax and New York State and New York
     City personal income taxes.  The Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective
     by investing primarily in municipal obligations (as described below) that
     are rated at least investment grade by a major rating agency or, if
     unrated, are determined to be of at least investment grade quality by the
     Portfolio's investment adviser.
         
              Additional information about the investment policies of the
     Portfolio appears in Part B.  The Portfolio is not intended to be a
     complete investment program, and a prospective investor should take into
     account its objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 
        
              The Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by
     investing at least 80% of its net assets during periods of normal market
     conditions in municipal obligations the interest on which is exempt from
     regular federal income tax and New York State and New York City personal
     income taxes.  The foregoing policy is a fundamental policy of the
     Portfolio and may not be changed unless authorized by a vote of the
     investors in the Portfolio.
         
        
              At least 70% of the Portfolio's net assets will normally be
     invested in obligations rated at least investment grade at the time of
     investment (which are those rated Baa or higher by Moody's Investors
     Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or BBB or higher by either Standard & Poor's
     ("S&P") or Fitch Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch")) or, if unrated,

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     determined by the Portfolio's investment adviser, Boston Management and
     Research (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.  The Portfolio may invest less than 30% of its net assets
     in municipal obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than
     B by Moody's, S&P or Fitch) and unrated municipal obligations considered
     to be of comparable quality by the Investment Adviser.  Municipal
     obligations rated Baa or BBB may have speculative characteristics.  Also,
     changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to
     lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than
     in the case of higher rated obligations.  Securities rated below BBB or
     Baa are commonly known as "junk bonds".  The Portfolio may retain an
     obligation whose rating drops below B after its acquisition if such
     retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  See
     "Additional Risk Considerations."  For a description of municipal
     obligation ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              Municipal Obligations.  Municipal obligations include bonds,
     notes and commercial paper issued by a municipality for a wide variety of
     both public and private purposes, the interest on which is, in the opinion
     of bond counsel, exempt from regular federal income tax. Public purpose
     municipal bonds include general obligation bonds and revenue bonds. 
     General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality.  Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or
     facility.  Municipal notes include bond anticipation notes, tax
     anticipation notes, and revenue anticipation notes, which are short-term
     obligations that will be retired with the proceeds of an anticipated bond
     issue, tax revenue or facility revenue, respectively.  Under normal market
     conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 65% of its total assets in
     obligations issued by the State of New York or its political subdivisions. 
         
        
              As at September 30, 1995, the Portfolio had invested 4.8% of its
     net assets in obligations the interest on which is a tax preference item
     for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.  At September 30,
     1995, the Portfolio limited its investment in such obligations to not more
     than 20% of its net assets.  The Portfolio is no longer subject to such
     limitation.  Distributions to corporate investors of certain interest
     income may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.  The
     Portfolio may not be suitable for investors subject to the federal
     alternative minimum tax. 
         
        
              Concentration in New York Issuers   Risks.  Because the Portfolio
     will normally invest at least 65% of its total assets in obligations of
     New York issuers, it is more susceptible to factors adversely affecting
     such issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate in the obligations
     of issuers located in a single State.  Municipal obligations of issuers
     located in a single State may be adversely effected by economic
     developments and by legislation and other governmental activities in that
     State.  To the extent that the Portfolio's assets are concentrated in
     municipal obligations of New York issuers, the Portfolio may be subject to

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     an increased risk of loss.  
         
        
              New York is the third most populous state in the nation and has a
     relatively high level of personal wealth.  The State's economy is diverse
     with a comparatively large share of the nation's finance, insurance,
     transportation, communications and services employment, and a
     comparatively small share of the nation's farming and mining activity. 
     However, as the result of a recession ending in the first quarter of 1993,
     560,000 jobs were lost statewide (equal to 6.7% of the peak employment
     figure for 1989).  Although the State has added approximately 185,000 jobs
     since November 1992, employment growth in the State has been hindered
     during recent years by significant cutbacks in the computer,
     manufacturing, defense and banking industries.  New York's economy
     expanded modestly during 1995, growing at a rate slower than the nation as
     a whole, and is expected to slow gradually during 1996.  In the 1992-1993
     fiscal year, however, the State began the process of financial reform. 
     The State Financial Plans for the 1992-1993, 1993-1994 and 1994-1995
     fiscal years produced positive fund balances at the end of all three
     fiscal years.  The State, however, completed its 1994-1995 fiscal year
     with a General Fund operating deficit of $1.426 billion primarily due to
     the use of $1.026 billion of the 1993-1994 fiscal year surplus in the
     1994-1995 fiscal year.
         
              The fiscal stability of New York State is related, at least in
     part, to the fiscal stability of its localities and authorities.  Various
     State agencies, authorities and localities have issued large amounts of
     bonds and notes either guaranteed or supported by the State.  In some
     cases, the State has had to provide special assistance in recent years to
     enable such agencies, authorities and localities to meet their financial
     obligations and, in some cases, to prevent or cure defaults.  To the
     extent State agencies and local governments require State assistance to
     meet their financial obligations, the ability of the State to meet its own
     obligations as they become due or to obtain additional financing could be
     adversely affected.  
        
              Like the State, New York City has experienced financial
     difficulties in recent years owing, in part, to lower than anticipated
     revenues.  Because New York City taxes comprise 40% of the State's tax
     base, the City's difficulties adversely affect the State.  
         
        
         
        
              In June 1995, the Governor approved the 1995-1996 budget, which
     included adoption of a three-year 20% reduction in the State's personal
     income tax.  In combination with business tax reductions enacted in 1994,
     State taxes will be reduced by $5.5 billion by the 1997-1998 fiscal year. 
     The 1995-1996 State Financial Plan, based on the enacted 1995-1996 budget,
     includes gap-closing actions to offset a projected budget gap of $5
     billion, the largest in the State's history.
         

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






        
              The Governor has submitted his 1996-1997 budget proposal earlier
     than required by State law, hoping the State legislature will approve it
     prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.  The Governor's proposed 1996-
     1997 budget identifies a potential budget gap of approximately $3.9
     billion and includes a gap-closing program to eliminate such gap.  There
     can be no assurances that the Governor's budget proposals will be adopted,
     or the gap-closing program can be implemented, as proposed.
         
        
              New York's general obligations are rated A, A- and A+ by Moody's,
     S&P and Fitch, respectively.  S&P currently assesses the rating outlook
     for New York obligations as positive.  New York City obligations are rated
     Baa1, BBB+ and A- by Moody's, S&P and Fitch, respectively.  On July 10,
     1995, S&P revised downward its rating on City general obligation bonds
     from A- to BBB+ and removed City bonds from CreditWatch.  S&P stated that
     the downgrade was a reflection of the City's inability to eliminate a
     structural budget imbalance due to persistent softness in the City's
     economy, weak job growth, a trend of using nonrecurring budget devices,
     optimistic projections of State and federal aid, and high levels of debt
     service. The bond ratings provided are current as of the date hereof and
     are based on economic conditions that may not continue; moreover, there
     can be no assurance that particular bond issues may not be adversely
     affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.  The
     State's political subdivisions may have different ratings that are
     unrelated to the ratings assigned to State obligations.
         
        
              Subject to the investment policies set forth above, the Portfolio
     may invest in obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico, the U.S.
     Virgin Islands and Guam.  The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net
     assets in obligations issued by the governments of each of the U.S. Virgin
     Islands and Guam, and may invest up to 35% of its net assets in
     obligations issued by the government of Puerto Rico.  The economy of
     Puerto Rico is dominated by the manufacturing and service sectors. 
     Although the economy of Puerto Rico expanded significantly from fiscal
     1984 through fiscal 1990, the rate of this expansion slowed during fiscal
     years 1991, 1992 and 1993.  Growth in fiscal 1994 will depend on several
     factors, including the state of the U.S. economy and the relative
     stability in the price of oil, the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and
     the cost of borrowing.  Although the Puerto Rico unemployment rate has
     declined substantially since 1985, the seasonally adjusted unemployment
     rate for June 1995 was approximately 13.9%.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement ("NAFTA"), which became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the loss of Puerto Rico's lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to
     Mexico.  The federal budget proposals currently being considered by the
     U.S. Congress include the elimination of Section 936, a federal tax credit
     program credited with encouraging economic development in Puerto Rico. 
     The fate of Section 936 cannot be determined at this time.  There can be
     no assurance that the elimination of the credit available under Section
     936 will not have a negative impact on Puerto Rico's economy and the
     credit quality (and value) of Puerto Rican bonds. 

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






         
        
              S&P rates Puerto Rico general obligation debt A, while Moody's
     rates it Baa1; these ratings have been in place since 1956 and 1976,
     respectively.  S&P assigned a stable outlook on Puerto Rico on April 26,
     1994.
         
        
              In addition, the Portfolio may invest 25% or more of its total
     assets in municipal obligations of the same type, including, without
     limitation, the following:  lease rental obligations of State and local
     authorities; obligations of State and local housing finance authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing authorities; obligations of
     hospitals or life care facilities; or industrial development or pollution
     control bonds issued for electric utility systems, steel companies, paper
     companies or other purposes.  This may make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to adverse economic, political, or regulatory occurrences affecting a
     particular category of issuer.  For example, health care-related issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies, and national and State
     health care legislation.  As the Portfolio's concentration increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         
        
              Non-Diversified Status.  The Portfolio's classification under the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") as a "non-
     diversified" investment company allows it to invest, with respect to 50%
     of its total assets, more than 5% (but not more than 25%) of its total
     assets in the securities of any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest
     a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer
     than would a diversified fund.  Therefore, the Portfolio is more
     susceptible to any single adverse economic or political occurrence or
     development affecting issuers of municipal obligations.
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
         
        
              The Portfolio may engage in the following investment practices,
     some of which may be considered to involve "derivative" instruments
     because they derive their value from another instrument, security or
     index.  In addition, the Portfolio may temporarily borrow up to 5% of the
     value of its total assets to satisfy redemption requests or settle
     securities transactions.
         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued" basis, which means that payment and delivery occur on a
     future settlement date.  The price and yield of such securities are
     generally fixed on the date of commitment to purchase.  However, the
     market value of the securities may fluctuate prior to delivery and upon
     delivery the securities may be worth more or less than the Portfolio
     agreed to pay for them.  The Portfolio may also purchase instruments that

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         
        
              Inverse Floaters.  The Portfolio may invest in municipal
     securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the
     interest rate on another security or the value of an index ("inverse
     floaters").  An investment in inverse floaters may involve greater risk
     than an investment in a fixed rate bond.  Because changes in the interest
     rate on the other security or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse floater, the value of an inverse floater is generally
     more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond.  Inverse floaters have
     interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the
     extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Portfolio when short-term
     interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.  Inverse floaters have varying degrees of
     liquidity, and the market for these securities is thin and relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the market for fixed rate
     bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the
     market for fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts in long-
     term interest rates may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the
     yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality and
     maturity.  These securities usually permit the investor to convert the
     floating rate to a fixed rate (normally adjusted downward), and this
     optional conversion feature may provide a partial hedge against rising
     rates if exercised at an opportune time.  Inverse floaters are leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure for every
     dollar invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         
        
              Futures Transactions.  The Portfolio may purchase and sell
     various kinds of financial futures contracts and options thereon to hedge
     against changes in interest rates.  Futures contracts may be based on
     various debt securities (such as U.S. Government securities), securities
     indices (such as the Municipal Bond Index traded on the Chicago Board of
     Trade) and other financial instruments and indices.  Such transactions
     involve a risk of loss or depreciation due to unanticipated adverse
     changes in securities prices, which may exceed the Portfolio's initial
     investment in these contracts.  The Portfolio may not purchase or sell
     futures contracts or related options, except for closing purchase or sale
     transactions, if immediately thereafter the sum of the amount of margin
     deposits and premiums paid on the Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed 5% of the market value of the Portfolio's net assets.  These
     transactions involve transaction costs.  There can be no assurance that
     the Investment Adviser's use of futures will be advantageous to the
     Portfolio.
         
              Insured Obligations.  The Portfolio may purchase municipal bonds
     that are additionally secured by insurance, bank credit agreements, or
     escrow accounts.  The credit quality of companies that provide such credit
     enhancements will affect the value of those securities.  Although the

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     insurance feature reduces certain financial risks, the premiums for
     insurance and the higher market price paid for insured obligations may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance generally will be obtained from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P or Fitch. 
     The insurance does not guarantee the market value of the insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
        
     Additional Risk Considerations
         
        
              Many municipal obligations offering current income are in the
     lowest investment grade category (Baa or BBB), lower categories or may be
     unrated.  As indicated above, the Portfolio may invest in municipal
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or Fitch) and comparable unrated obligations.  The lowest investment
     grade, lower rated and comparable unrated municipal obligations in which
     the Portfolio may invest will have speculative characteristics in varying
     degrees.  While such obligations may have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these characteristics can be expected to be offset or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. 
     Lower rated and comparable unrated municipal obligations are subject to
     the risk of an issuer's inability to meet principal and interest payments
     on the obligations (credit risk) and may also be subject to greater price
     volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market
     perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market
     liquidity (market risk).  Lower rated or unrated municipal obligations are
     also more likely to react to real or perceived developments affecting
     market and credit risk than are more highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates.  The
     Investment Adviser seeks to minimize the risks of investing in below
     investment grade securities through professional investment analysis and
     attention to current developments in interest rates and economic
     conditions.  When the Portfolio invests in lower rated or unrated
     municipal obligations, the achievement of the Portfolio's goals is more
     dependent on the Investment Adviser's ability than would be the case if
     the Portfolio were investing in municipal obligations in the higher rating
     categories.
         
        
              The Portfolio may retain defaulted obligations in its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case of a defaulted obligation, the Portfolio may incur additional
     expense seeking recovery of its investment.  Municipal obligations held by
     the Portfolio that are rated below investment grade, but that, subsequent
     to the assignment of such rating, are backed by escrow accounts containing
     U.S. Government obligations, may be determined by the Investment Adviser
     to be of investment grade quality for purposes of the Portfolio's
     investment policies.  The Portfolio may retain in its portfolio an
     obligation whose rating drops below B after its acquisition, if such
     retention is considered desirable by the Investment Adviser; provided,
     however, that holdings of obligations rated below Baa or BBB will not
     exceed 35% of net assets.  In the event the rating of an obligation held

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     by the Portfolio is downgraded, causing the Portfolio to exceed this
     limitation, the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion within a
     reasonable period of time) dispose of such obligations as it deems
     necessary in order to comply with the Portfolio's credit quality
     limitations.  
         
        
              The net asset value of the Portfolio's interests will change in
     response to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and changes in the
     value of the securities held by the Portfolio.  When interest rates
     decline, the value of securities held by the Portfolio can be expected to
     rise.  Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of most portfolio
     security holdings can be expected to decline.  Changes in the credit
     quality of the issuers of municipal obligations held by the Portfolio will
     affect the principal value of (and possibly the income earned on) such
     obligations.  In addition, the values of such securities are affected by
     changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting
     the specific industries of their issuers.  Changes by recognized rating
     services in their ratings of a security and in the ability of the issuer
     to make payments of principal and interest may also affect the value of
     the Portfolio's investments.  The amount of information about the
     financial condition of an issuer of municipal obligations may not be as
     extensive as that made available by corporations whose securities are
     publicly traded.  An investment in the Portfolio will not constitute a
     complete investment program.
         
        
              At times, a substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets may be
     invested in securities as to which the Portfolio, by itself or together
     with other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or all of such securities.  Under adverse market or
     economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial
     condition of the issuer, the Portfolio could find it more difficult to
     sell such securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to
     do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were more widely held.  Under such circumstances, it may
     also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary market for some municipal obligations (including
     issues that are privately placed with the Portfolio) is less liquid than
     that for taxable debt obligations or other more widely traded municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio will not invest in illiquid securities if more
     than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are not
     readily marketable.  No established resale market exists for certain of
     the municipal obligations in which the Portfolio may invest.  The market
     for obligations rated below investment grade is also likely to be less
     liquid than the market for higher rated obligations.  As a result, the
     Portfolio may be unable to dispose of these municipal obligations at times
     when it would otherwise wish to do so at the prices at which they are
     valued.

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer at
     its option to "call", or redeem, its securities.  If an issuer redeems
     securities held by the Portfolio during a time of declining interest
     rates, the Portfolio may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in
     securities providing the same investment return as the securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may include
     so-called "zero-coupon" bonds, whose values are subject to greater
     fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds
     that pay interest currently.  Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a
     significant discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity
     rather than at intervals during the life of the security.  The Portfolio
     is required to accrue and distribute income from zero-coupon bonds on a
     current basis, even though it does not receive that income currently in
     cash.  Thus, the Portfolio may have to sell other investments to obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on an annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments in municipal leases are thus subject to the
     risk that the legislative body will not make the necessary appropriation
     and the issuer will not otherwise be willing or able to meet its
     obligation.
         
        
              The Portfolio has adopted certain fundamental investment
              restrictions that are enumerated in detail in Part B and that may
              not be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except for
              such enumerated restrictions and as otherwise indicated in this
              Part A, the investment objective and policies of the Portfolio
              are not fundamental policies and accordingly may be changed by
              the Trustees of the Portfolio without obtaining the approval of
              the investors in the Portfolio.  If any changes were made in the
              Portfolio's investment objective, the Portfolio might have an
              investment objective different from the objective that an
              investor considered appropriate at the time the investor became
              an interest holder in the Portfolio. 
         
     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  The Portfolio intends to comply with all applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment Adviser.  The Portfolio engages BMR, a wholly-owned

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






     subsidiary of Eaton Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"), as its investment
     adviser.  Eaton Vance, its affiliates and its predecessor companies have
     been managing assets of individuals and institutions since 1924 and
     managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting under the general supervision of the Board of Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments and affairs and furnishes for the
     use of the Portfolio office space and all necessary office facilities,
     equipment and personnel for servicing the investments of the Portfolio. 
     Under its investment advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         
              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
                      asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      gross income (which portion shall bear the same
                      relationship to the total daily gross income on such day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets in the same
                      Category bears to the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

                                                                 Annual  Daily
                                                                 Asset   Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Rate    Rate
     ---------        -----------------                          ------  ------

     1                Up to $20 million                          0.100%  1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%  2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%  3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%  2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%  2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%  2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%  2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                        0.175%  1.75%

        
              As at September 30, 1995, the Portfolio had net assets of
     $652,736,309.  For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees equivalent to 0.47% of the Portfolio's average
     daily net assets for such year.
         

        
              The Portfolio is responsible for the payment of all costs and
     expenses not expressly stated to be payable by BMR under the investment
     advisory agreement.
         
              Nicole Anderes has acted as the portfolio manager since the
     Portfolio commenced operations.  She joined Eaton Vance and BMR as a Vice

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     President in January 1994.  Prior to joining Eaton Vance, she was a Vice
     President and portfolio manager at Lazard Freres Asset Management (1992-
     1994) and a Vice President and Manager - Municipal Research at Roosevelt &
     Cross (1978-1992).   
        
              Municipal obligations are normally traded on a net basis (without
     commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account. 
     Such firms attempt to profit from such transactions by buying at the bid
     price and selling at the higher asked price of the market, and the
     difference is customarily referred to as the spread.  In selecting firms
     that will execute portfolio transactions, BMR judges their professional
     ability and quality of service and uses its best efforts to obtain
     execution at prices that are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads.  Subject to the foregoing, BMR may
     consider sales of shares of other investment companies sponsored by BMR or
     Eaton Vance as a factor in the selection of firms to execute portfolio
     transactions.
         
        
              BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment
     companies and various individual and institutional clients with assets
     under management of approximately $16 billion.  Eaton Vance is a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance Corp., a publicly held holding
     company.  Eaton Vance Corp., through its subsidiaries and affiliates,
     engages in investment management and marketing activities, fiduciary
     services, oil and gas operations, real estate investment, consulting and
     management, and development of precious metals properties.
         
     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York and intends to be treated as a partnership for federal tax
     purposes.  Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are authorized to
     issue interests in the Portfolio.  Each investor is entitled to a vote in
     proportion to the amount of its investment in the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may not be transferred, but an investor may withdraw all
     or any portion of its investment at any time at net asset value. 
     Investors in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.  However, the risk of an investor in the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         
        
              The Declaration of Trust provides that the Portfolio will
     terminate 120 days after the complete withdrawal of any investor in the
     Portfolio unless either the remaining investors, by unanimous vote at a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business of the Portfolio.  This provision is consistent with the
     treatment of the Portfolio as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes.

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






         
              Investments in the Portfolio have no preemptive or conversion
     rights and are fully paid and nonassessable by the Portfolio, except as
     set forth above.  The Portfolio is not required and has no current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of investors when in the judgment of the Trustees it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies or restrictions will be submitted to  investors for
     approval.  The investment objective and all nonfundamental investment
     policies of the Portfolio may be changed by the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without obtaining the approval of the investors in the Portfolio. 
     Investors have under certain circumstances (e.g., upon application and
     submission of certain specified documents to the Trustees by a specified
     number of investors) the right to communicate with other investors in
     connection with requesting a meeting of investors for the purpose of
     removing one or more Trustees.  Any Trustee may be removed by the
     affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the interest in the
     Portfolio.
        
              Information regarding pooled investment entities or funds that
     invest in the Portfolio may be obtained by contacting Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, (617) 482-8260. 
     Smaller investors in the Portfolio may be adversely affected by the
     actions of a larger investor in the Portfolio.  For example, if a large
     investor withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining investors may
     experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale. 
     However, this possibility exists as well for historically structured funds
     that have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As of January 15, 1996, EV Marathon New York Municipals Fund
     controlled the Portfolio by virtue of owning approximately 98.4% of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The net asset value of the Portfolio is determined each day on
     which the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") is open for trading
     ("Portfolio Business Day").  This determination is made each Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each investor in the Portfolio may add to or reduce its
     investment in the Portfolio on each Portfolio Business Day as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The value of each investor's interest in the
     Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net asset value of the
     Portfolio by the percentage, determined on the prior Portfolio Business
     Day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio on such prior day.  Any additions or withdrawals for the
     current Portfolio Business Day will then be recorded.  Each investor's

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     percentage of the aggregate interest in the Portfolio will then be
     recomputed as a percentage equal to a fraction (i) the numerator of which
     is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior Portfolio Business Day plus or
     minus, as the case may be, the amount of any additions to or withdrawals
     from the investor's investment in the Portfolio on the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net asset
     value of the Portfolio as of the Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior
     Portfolio Business Day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
     the net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investment in the
     Portfolio on the current Portfolio Business Day by all investors in the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine
     the value of the investor's interest in the Portfolio for the current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
              The Portfolio will allocate at least annually among its investors
     each investor's distributive share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and tax-exempt investment income, net realized capital gains, and any
     other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit.  The Portfolio's
     net investment income consists of all income accrued on the Portfolio's
     assets, less all actual and accrued expenses of the Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
        
              Under the anticipated method of operation of the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to any federal income tax.  (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However, each investor in the Portfolio will take into account
     its allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its federal income tax liability.  The determination of each
     such share will be made in accordance with the governing instruments of
     the Portfolio, which are intended to comply with the requirements of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It is intended that the Portfolio's assets and income will be
     managed in such a way that an investor in the Portfolio that seeks to
     qualify as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under the Code will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         
     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.  See "General Description of Registrant"
     above.
        
              An investment in the Portfolio will be made without a sales load. 
     All investments received by the Portfolio will be effected as of the next
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The net asset value of the Portfolio is
     determined at the Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day. 
     The Portfolio will be closed for business and will not determine its net
     asset value on the following business holidays: New Year's Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's net asset value is computed in accordance with procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank &
     Trust Company (as custodian and agent for the Portfolio) based on market
     or fair value in the manner authorized by the Trustees of the Portfolio. 
     The net asset value is computed by subtracting the liabilities of the
     Portfolio from the value of its total assets.  Inasmuch as the market for
     municipal obligations is a dealer market with no central trading location
     or continuous quotation system, it is not feasible to obtain last
     transaction prices for most municipal obligations held by the Portfolio,
     and such obligations, including those purchased on a when-issued basis,
     will normally be valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a pricing
     service.  The pricing service uses information with respect to
     transactions in bonds, quotations from bond dealers, market transactions
     in comparable securities, various relationships between securities, and
     yield to maturity in determining value.  Taxable obligations for which
     price quotations are readily available normally will be valued at the mean
     between the latest available bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions
     on debt securities are valued at the most recent settlement prices unless
     such price does not reflect the fair value of the contract, in which case
     the positions will be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.  Other assets are valued at fair value using methods determined
     in good faith by or at the direction of the Trustees.  For further
     information regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         
              There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment in the
     Portfolio.  The Portfolio reserves the right to cease accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business address of EVD is 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An investor in the Portfolio may withdraw all of (redeem) or any
     portion of (decrease) its interest in the Portfolio if a withdrawal
     request in proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds of a withdrawal will be paid by the Portfolio normally on the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.  The Portfolio reserves the right to pay the proceeds of a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities (instead of cash).  The securities so distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net asset value for the interest (whether complete or partial) being
     withdrawn.  If an investor received a distribution in kind upon such
     withdrawal, the investor could incur brokerage and other charges in

                                         A-14
<PAGE>






     converting the securities to cash.  The Portfolio has filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a notification of
     election on Form N-18F-1 committing to pay in cash all requests for
     withdrawals by any investor, limited in amount with respect to such
     investor during any 90 day period to the lesser of (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         
              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.
        
              The right of any investor to receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal may be suspended or the payment of the withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any period in which the Exchange is closed (other than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the Exchange is restricted or, to the
     extent otherwise permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended (the "1940 Act") if an emergency exists, or during any other
     period permitted by order of the Commission for the protection of
     investors.
         
     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.
































                                         A-15
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
        
                                                                           Page 
     General Information and History   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-17
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities  . . . . . . . . .  B-20
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-21
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-23
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-26
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . . . . . . .  B-28
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-28
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-32
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-32
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-32
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 
         
     Item 12.  General Information and History
        
              Effective December 8, 1995, the Portfolio's name was changed from
     "New York Tax Free Portfolio" to "New York Municipals Portfolio."
         
     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies
        
              Part A contains additional information about the investment
     objective and policies of the New York Municipals Portfolio (the
     "Portfolio").  This Part B should be read in conjunction with Part A. 
     Capitalized terms used in this Part B and not otherwise defined have the
     meanings given them in Part A.
         
        
     Municipal Obligations
         
        
              Municipal obligations are issued to obtain funds for various
     public and private purposes.  Such obligations include bonds, as well as
     tax-exempt commercial paper, project notes, and municipal notes such as
     tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less
     than three years.  In general, there are three categories of municipal
     obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax and is
     not a tax preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum
     tax: (i) certain "public purpose" obligations (whenever issued), which
     include obligations issued directly by state and local governments or
     their agencies to fulfill essential governmental functions; (ii) certain
     obligations issued before August 8, 1986 for the benefit of non-
     governmental persons or entities; and (iii) certain "private activity

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     bonds" issued after August 7, 1986, which include "qualified Section
     501(c)(3) bonds" or refundings of certain obligations included in the
     second category. In assessing the federal income tax treatment of interest
     on any municipal obligation, the Portfolio will generally rely on an
     opinion of the issuer's counsel (when available) and will not undertake
     any independent verification of the basis for the opinion.  The two
     principal classifications of municipal bonds are "general obligation"
     bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
              Interest on certain "private activity bonds" issued after August
     7, 1986 is exempt from regular federal income tax, but such interest is
     treated as a tax preference item that could subject the recipient to or
     increase the recipient's liability for the federal alternative minimum
     tax.  It should be noted that, for a corporate holder (other than a
     regulated investment company) of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all municipal obligations (whenever issued) is included in "adjusted
     current earnings" for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax as
     applied to corporations (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         
        
              Market discount on long-term tax-exempt municipal obligations
     (i.e., obligations with a term of more than one year) purchased in the
     secondary market after April 30, 1993 is taxable as ordinary income.  A
     long-term debt obligation is generally treated as acquired at a market
     discount if the secondary market purchase price is less than (i) the
     stated principal amount payable at maturity, in the case of an obligation
     that does not have original issue discount or (ii) in the case of an
     obligation that does have original issue discount, the sum of the issue
     price and any original issue discount that accrued before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         
              Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties,
     cities, towns and regional districts.  The proceeds of these obligations
     are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the
     construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and
     sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes.  The basic security
     of general obligation bonds is the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit
     and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest.  The taxes
     that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net
     revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in
     some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific
     revenue source.  Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of
     capital projects including: electric, gas, water, sewer and solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities; transportation systems; housing facilities, colleges and
     universities and hospitals.  Although the principal security behind these
     bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     debt service reserve fund whose monies may be used to make principal and
     interest payments on the issuer's obligations.  Housing finance
     authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully
     insured, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net
     revenues from housing or other public projects.  In addition to a debt
     service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the
     form of a state's ability (without legal obligation) to make up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are normally
     secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority's obligations. 
     Such payments are usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

              Industrial development and pollution control bonds are in most
     cases revenue bonds and are generally not secured by the taxing power of
     the municipality, but are usually secured by the revenues derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.

              The Portfolio may on occasion acquire revenue bonds which carry
     warrants or similar rights covering equity securities.  Such warrants or
     rights may be held indefinitely, but if exercised, the Portfolio
     anticipates that it would, under normal circumstances, dispose of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While most municipal bonds pay a fixed rate of interest
     semi-annually in cash, there are exceptions.  Some bonds pay no periodic
     cash interest, but rather make a single payment at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.  Bonds may be issued or subsequently offered
     with interest coupons materially greater or less than those then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.
        
              The obligations of any person or entity to pay the principal of
     and interest on a municipal obligation are subject to the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, that may
     be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for
     payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such obligations.  There is also the possibility that
     as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any
     person or entity to pay when due principal of and interest on a municipal
     obligation may be materially affected.  There have been recent instances
     of defaults and bankruptcies involving municipal obligations that were not
     foreseen by the financial and investment communities.  The Portfolio will
     take whatever action it considers appropriate in the event of anticipated
     financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy of either the issuer of any
     municipal obligation or of the underlying source of funds for debt
     service.  Such action may include retaining the services of various
     persons or firms (including affiliates of the Investment Adviser) to
     evaluate or protect any real estate, facilities or other assets securing
     any such obligation or acquired by the Portfolio as a result of any such
     event, and the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other persons to

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     manage) or otherwise deal with any real estate, facilities or other assets
     so acquired.  The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting and
     management services may be required with respect to properties securing
     various municipal obligations in its portfolio or subsequently acquired by
     the Portfolio.  The Portfolio will incur additional expenditures in taking
     protective action with respect to portfolio obligations in default and
     assets securing such obligations.
         
        
              The yields on municipal obligations will be dependent on a
     variety of factors, including purposes of issue and source of funds for
     repayment, general money market conditions, general conditions of the
     municipal bond market, size of a particular offering, maturity of the
     obligation and rating of the issue.  The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal obligations
     that they undertake to rate.  It should be emphasized, however, that
     ratings are based on judgment and are not absolute standards of quality. 
     Consequently, municipal obligations with the same maturity, coupon and
     rating may have different yields while obligations of the same maturity
     and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.  In addition,
     the market price of such obligations will normally fluctuate with changes
     in interest rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio will
     be affected by such changes.
         
     Risks of Concentration
        
              New York Obligations.  The following information as to certain
     New York considerations is given to investors in view of the Portfolio's
     policy of concentrating its investments in New York issuers.  Such
     information supplements the information in Part A.  It is derived from
     sources that are generally available to investors and is believed to be
     accurate.  Such information constitutes only a brief summary, does not
     purport to be a complete description, and is based on information from
     official statements relating to securities offerings of New York issuers. 
     The Portfolio has not independently verified this information.
         
        
              The recession lasted longer in New York and the State's economic
     recovery has lagged behind the nation's.  Although the State has added
     approximately 185,000 jobs since November 1992, employment growth in the
     State has been below the national average primarily due to significant
     cutbacks in the computer, manufacturing, defense and banking industries. 
     New York's economy expanded modestly during 1995, with a pronounced
     downturn during the course of the year and is expected to slow gradually
     during 1996.  The unemployment rate for the State for 1995 and 1996 is
     projected to be 6.5% and 6.9%, respectively, compared to the projected
     national unemployment rate of 5.6% and 5.8% for 1995 and 1996,
     respectively.  New York City's unemployment rate was 8.0% in October 1995,
     down from 8.2% a year earlier.
         
        
              For the fiscal year 1991-92, the State incurred an operating

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     deficit in the General Fund of $575 million, which, after a $44 million
     withdrawal from the Tax Stabilization Reserve Fund, was financed through
     the public issuance of $531 million of 1992 Deficit Notes on March 30,
     1992.
         
        
              In the 1992-1993 fiscal year, the State began the process of
     financial reform closing the fiscal year with fund surpluses totalling
     $738 million.  The 1992-1993 fiscal year marked the first time in four
     years that the State did not have to issue deficit notes to close a budget
     gap.
         
        
              The 1994-1995 fiscal year, which included tax reductions of $476
     million, closed with the General Fund in balance and positive fund
     balances of $157 million and $1 million in the Tax Stabilization Reserve
     Fund and the Contingency Reserve Fund, respectively.  The General Fund,
     however, suffered an operating deficit of $1.426 billion primarily due to
     the use of $1.026 billion of the 1993-1994 fiscal year surplus in the
     1994-1995 fiscal year.  Tax revenues for the fiscal year fell short of
     original projections by $1.16 billion, the shortfall being offset by
     disbursements which were lower than projected and planned spending
     reductions.
         
        
              The 1995-1996 fiscal year budget, adopted in June 1995, includes
     a planned three-year 20% reduction in the State's personal income tax and
     is the first budget in over 50 years which projects a decline in General
     Fund disbursements and spending on State operations.  The 1995-1996 State
     Financial Plan, based on the enacted budget, includes gap-closing actions
     to offset a projected budget gap of $5 billion, the largest in the State's
     history.  Such gap-closing actions include, among others, substantial
     reductions in social and medical entitlement programs, reductions in State
     services and capital programs and increased lottery revenues.  There can
     be no assurance that additional gap-closing measures will not be required
     and there is no assurance that any such measures will enable the State to
     achieve a balanced budget for its 1995-1996 fiscal year.
         
        
              The Governor submitted his proposed budget for the 1996-1997
     fiscal year budget earlier than required by State law hoping the State
     legislature will adopt the budget prior to the beginning of the fiscal
     year on April 1, 1996.  The Governor's proposed 1996-1997 budget
     identifies a potential budget gap of approximately $3.9 billion and
     proposes significant expenditure reductions in the State's health, welfare
     and educational programs and projects significant increases in federal
     health aid to eliminate the potential budget gap.  There can be no
     assurances that the Governor's budget proposals will be adopted as
     proposed, that the expenditure reductions can be implemented as
     envisioned, or that the increases in federal aid will materialize as
     expected.
         

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






        
              During the past several years, the State has been forced to
     borrow on a seasonal basis due to cash flow timing problems.  In June
     1990, the Local Government Assistance Corporation ("LGAC") was formed as a
     public benefit corporation for the purpose of issuing long term
     obligations designed to eliminate this need.  The legislation which
     created the LGAC specified that the obligations will be amortized over no
     more than 30 years and put a $4.7 billion cap, net of LGAC proceeds, on
     the seasonal borrowing program.  As of June 1995, LGAC had issued bonds
     and notes to provide net proceeds of $4.7 billion completing the program. 
     This cap may be exceeded in cases where the Governor and the legislature
     have certified the need for additional borrowing and have devised a method
     for reducing it back to the cap no later than the fourth fiscal year after
     the limit is exceeded.  If this cap were to be exceeded, it could result
     in action by the rating agencies which could adversely affect prices of
     bonds held by the Portfolio.
         
        
              In 1975, New York City encountered severe financial difficulties
     which impaired and continue to impair the borrowing ability of the City. 
     For each of the 1981 through 1995 fiscal years, the City achieved balanced
     operating results as reported in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principles.  Pursuant to the laws of the State, the City
     prepares a four-year annual financial plan, which is reviewed and revised
     on a quarterly basis and which includes the City's capital, revenue and
     expense projections and outlines proposed gap-closing programs for years
     with projected budget gaps.  The City implemented various actions to close
     budget gaps of $3.3 billion, $2.1 billion and $3.5 billion for the 1993,
     1994 and 1995 fiscal years, respectively.  Such actions included, among
     others, tax increases, service and personnel reductions, productivity
     savings, debt refinancings, asset sales and cost savings related to
     employee benefits.  The City's financial plan for the 1996 fiscal year
     sets forth gap-closing actions to close a previously projected budget gap
     of $3.1 billion for the 1996 fiscal year.  Such actions include, among
     others, substantial reductions in entitlement programs, service and
     personnel reductions and cost saving initiatives related to labor and
     pension costs.  The City currently projects budget gaps of $1.4 billion,
     $2.3 billion and $2.7 billion for its 1997, 1998 and 1999 fiscal years,
     respectively.  The City's gap-closing plans for the 1997 through 1999
     fiscal years include reductions in City agency expenditures and cost
     saving actions related to entitlement programs and procurement.  There can
     be no assurance that additional gap-closing measures will not be required,
     the implementation of which could adversely affect the City's economic
     base, and there is no assurance that such measures will enable the City to
     achieve a balanced budget, as required by State law, for any of the 1996
     through 1999 fiscal years.  The fiscal health of New York City, which is
     the largest issuer of municipal bonds in the country and a leading
     international commercial center, exerts a significant influence upon the
     fiscal health and bond values of issues throughout the State.  Bond values
     of the Municipal Assistance Corporation, the State of New York, the LGAC,
     the New York Dorm Authority--City University, the New York City Municipal
     Water Finance Authority and The Metropolitan Transportation Authority

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     would be particularly affected by serious financial difficulties
     encountered by New York City.  The Portfolio could be expected to hold
     bonds issued by many, if not all of these issuers, at any given time.  
         
        
              Moody's rates the City's general obligation bonds Baa1 and Fitch
     rates such bonds A-.  On July 10, 1995, S&P revised downward its rating on
     City general obligation bonds from A- to BBB+ and removed City bonds from
     CreditWatch.  S&P stated that the downgrade was a reflection of the City's
     inability to eliminate a structural budget imbalance due to persistent
     softness in the City's economy, weak job growth, a trend of using
     nonrecurring budget devices, optimistic projections of State and federal
     aid, and high levels of debt service.  There is no assurance that such
     ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not
     be revised downward or withdrawn entirely.  Any such downward revision or
     withdrawal could have an adverse effect on obligations held by the
     Portfolio.
         
        
              The State's economic and fiscal viability are mutually and
     intricately tied to those of its authorities and localities, which make up
     the major portion of State bond issuance.  Any serious financial
     difficulties encountered by these entities, including their inability to
     access capital markets, would have a significant, adverse effect upon the
     value of bonds issued elsewhere within the State and thus upon the value
     of the interests in the Portfolio.  State plans to reduce aid to local
     cities and towns may have a negative impact on municipal finances and
     ratings throughout the State.  Such ratings changes could erode the value
     of their bonds and/or lead to defaults.
         
        
              The State either guarantees or supports lease-purchase agreements
     or contractual obligations, financing arrangements or through moral
     obligation provisions, a large amount of Authority indebtedness.  While
     debt service is normally paid out of revenues generated by the projects of
     the Authorities, the State has, from time to time, had to appropriate
     amounts to enable the Authorities to meet their financial obligations and,
     in some cases, to prevent default.  Certain authorities continue to show
     financial weakness due to the economy.
         
        
         
        
              Obligations of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. 
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam (the "Territories").  Accordingly, the
     Portfolio may be adversely affected by local political and economic
     conditions and developments within the Territories affecting the issuers
     of such obligations.
         
        

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






              Puerto Rico has a diversified economy dominated by the
     manufacturing and service sectors.  The three largest sectors of the
     economy (as a percentage of employment) are services (47%), government
     (22%) and manufacturing (16.4%).  These three sectors represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the gross domestic product.  The service sector
     is the fastest growing, while the government and manufacturing sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA), which became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the loss of Puerto Rico's lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         
        
                The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico exercises virtually the same
     control over its internal affairs as do the fifty states; however, it
     differs from the states in its relationship with the federal government. 
     Most federal taxes, except those such as social security taxes that are
     imposed by mutual consent, are not levied in Puerto Rico.  However, in
     conjunction with the 1993 U.S. budget plan, Section 936 of the Code was
     amended and provided for two alternative limitations to the Section 936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against such income to 40%
     of the credit allowable under current law, with a five year phase-in
     period starting at 60% of the allowable credit.  The second option is a
     wage and depreciation based credit.  The reduction of the tax benefits to
     those U.S. companies with operations in Puerto Rico may lead to slower
     growth in the future.  There can be no assurance that these modifications
     will not lead to a weakened economy, a lower rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto Rico's financial reporting was first conformed to
     generally accepted accounting principles in fiscal 1990.  Nonrecurring
     revenues have been used frequently to balance recent years' budgets.  In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans voted on whether they wished to retain their
     Commonwealth status, become a state or establish an independent nation. 
     Puerto Ricans voted to retain Commonwealth status, leaving intact the
     current relationship with the federal government.  There can be no
     assurance that the statehood issue will not be brought to a vote in the
     future.  A successful statehood vote in Puerto Rico would then require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         
        
                The United States Virgin Islands (USVI) are located
     approximately 1,100 miles east-southeast of Miami and are made up of St.
     Croix, St. Thomas and St. John.  The economy is heavily reliant on the
     tourism industry, with roughly 43% of non-agricultural employment in
     tourist-related trade and services.  The tourism industry is economically
     sensitive and would likely be adversely affected by a recession in either
     the United States or Europe. In September 1995, St. Thomas was hit by a
     hurricane and sustained extensive damage.  The longer term impact on the
     tourism industry is not yet known.  There can be no assurance that the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






        
                An important component of the USVI revenue base is the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI provide the primary security of many outstanding USVI bonds. 
     Because more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any interruption in its operations (as occurred after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely affect these revenues.  Consequently, there
     can be no assurance that rum exports to the United States and the rebate
     of tax revenues to the USVI will continue at their present levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.  Increased competition from Mexican rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.  The USVI experienced budget deficits in fiscal years 1989 and
     1990; in 1989 due to wage settlements with the unionized government
     employees and in 1990 as a result of Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded a
     small surplus in fiscal year 1991.  At the end of fiscal 1992, the last
     year for which results are available, the USVI had an unreserved General
     Fund deficit of approximately $8.31 million, or approximately 2.1% of
     expenditures.  In order to close a forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue gap of
     $45.6 million, the Department of Finance has proposed several tax
     increases and fund transfers.  There is currently no rated, unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin Islands debt outstanding (although there is unrated debt
     outstanding).
         
        
                Guam, an unincorporated U.S. territory, is located 1,500 miles
     southeast of Tokyo.  The U.S. military is a key component of Guam's
     economy.  The federal government directly comprises more than 10% of the
     employment base, with a substantial component of the service sector to
     support these personnel.  Guam is expected to benefit from the closure of
     the Subic Bay Naval Base and the Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines. 
     The Naval Air Station, one of several U.S. military facilities on the
     island, has been slated for closure by the Defense Base Closure and
     Realignment Committee; however, the administration plans to use these
     facilities to expand the Island's commercial airport.  Guam is also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly the Japanese.  During 1994, the
     financial position of Guam was weakened as it incurred an unaudited
     General Fund operating deficit.  The administration has taken steps to
     improve its financial position; however, there are no guarantees that an
     improvement will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         
        
              Obligations of Particular Types of Issuers.  The Portfolio may
     invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal obligations of the
     same type.  There could be economic, business or political developments
     which might affect all municipal obligations of a similar type.  In
     particular, investments in industrial revenue bonds might involve (without
     limitation) the following risks.
         
        
                Hospital bond ratings are often based on feasibility studies

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     which contain projections of expenses, revenues and occupancy levels. 
     Among the influences affecting a hospital's gross receipts and net income
     available to service its debt are demand for hospital services, the
     ability of the hospital to provide the services required, management
     capabilities, economic developments in the service area, efforts by
     insurers and government agencies to limit rates and expenses, confidence
     in the hospital, service area economic developments, competition,
     availability and expense of malpractice insurance, Medicaid and Medicare
     funding and possible federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         
        
                Electric utilities face problems in financing large
     construction programs in an inflationary period, cost increases and delay
     occasioned by safety and environmental considerations (particularly with
     respect to nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel at reasonable
     prices and in achieving timely and adequate rate relief from regulatory
     commissions, effects of energy conservation and limitations on the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.
         
        
         
        
                Life care facilities are an alternative form of long-term
     housing for the elderly which offer residents the independence of a
     condominium life style and, if needed, the comprehensive care of nursing
     home services.  Bonds to finance these facilities have been issued by
     various state and local authorities.  Because the bonds are normally
     secured only by the revenues of each facility and not by state or local
     government tax payments, they are subject to a wide variety of risks. 
     Primarily, the projects must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide revenues sufficient to meet debt service payments.  Moreover,
     because a portion of housing, medical care and other services may be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate financial reserves to secure estimated actuarial liabilities. 
     The ability of management to accurately forecast inflationary cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may also
     be affected adversely by regulatory cost restrictions applied to health
     care delivery in general, particularly state regulations or changes in
     Medicare and Medicaid payments or qualifications, or restrictions imposed
     by medical insurance companies.  They may also face competition from
     alternative health care or conventional housing facilities in the private
     or public sector.
         
        
     Municipal Leases
         
        
              The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases and participations
     therein, which arrangements frequently involve special risks. Municipal
     leases are obligations in the form of a lease or installment purchase
     arrangement which are issued by a state or local government to acquire

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     equipment and facilities. Interest income from such obligations is
     generally exempt from local and state taxes in the state of issuance.
     "Participations" in such leases are undivided interests in a portion of
     the total obligation. Participations entitle their holders to receive a
     pro rata share of all payments under the lease. A trustee is usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation and enforcing
     the participants' rights in the underlying lease. Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title
     to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have
     evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and
     equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable to these arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or contracts of "non-appropriation" clauses that provide that the
     governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the
     lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the
     appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. Such
     arrangements are, therefore, subject to the risk that the governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed illiquid for purposes of the Portfolio's 15% limitation on
     investments in illiquid securities, unless determined by the Investment
     Adviser, pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trustees, to be liquid
     securities for purposes of such limitation. In determining the liquidity
     of municipal lease obligations, the Investment Adviser will consider a
     variety of factors including: (1) the willingness of dealers to bid for
     the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the
     obligation and the number of other potential buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades and quotes for the obligation; and (4) the nature of the
     marketplace trades. In addition, the Investment Adviser will consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations affecting the marketability
     thereof. These include the general creditworthiness of the municipality,
     the importance of the property covered by the lease to the municipality,
     and the likelihood that the marketability of the obligation will be
     maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the event the Portfolio acquires an unrated municipal lease obligation,
     the Investment Adviser will be responsible for determining the credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         
     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations which do not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.  The discount approximates the total amount of interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for
     cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     Insurance
        
              Insured municipal obligations held by the Portfolio (if any) will
     be insured as to their scheduled payment of principal and interest under
     either (i) an insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter of
     the obligation at the time of its original issuance or (ii) an insurance
     policy obtained by the Portfolio or a third party subsequent to the
     obligation's original issuance (which may not be reflected in the
     obligation's market value).  In either event, such insurance may provide
     that, in the event of nonpayment of interest or principal when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment until a specified time has lapsed (which may be 30 days or more
     after notice).
         

     Credit Quality
        
              The Portfolio is dependent on the Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis and experience in evaluating the quality of municipal
     obligations.  In evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when
     rated or unrated, the Investment Adviser will normally take into
     consideration, among other things, the financial resources of the issuer
     (or, as appropriate, of the underlying source of funds for debt service),
     its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, any operating history
     of and the community support for the facility financed by the issuer, the
     ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in the lowest
     investment grade, below investment grade and comparable unrated
     obligations through active portfolio management, credit analysis and
     attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the
     financial markets.
         
        
              See "Portfolio of Investments" in the "Financial Statements"
     incorporated by reference into this Part B with respect to any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
         
        
              The Portfolio may sell securities in anticipation of a market
     decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchase (and later sell) securities
     in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates). In
     addition, a security may be sold and another purchased at approximately
     the same time to take advantage of what the Portfolio believes to be a
     temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship between the two
     securities. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related
     to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of
     interest rates, such as changes in the overall demand for or supply of
     various types of municipal obligations or changes in the investment
     objectives of investors. Such trading may be expected to increase the

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     portfolio turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and the expenses
     incurred in connection with such trading. The Portfolio anticipates that
     its annual portfolio turnover rate will generally not exceed 100%
     (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one year or less). 
     A 100% annual turnover rate would occur, for example, if all the
     securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period of one
     year.  A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves greater
     expenses to the Portfolio.  The Portfolio engages in portfolio trading
     (including short-term trading) if it believes that a transaction including
     all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.  The
     Portfolio's portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended September
     30, 1994 and September 30, 1995 were 47% and 55%, respectively.
         
     When-Issued Securities
        
              New issues of municipal obligations are sometimes offered on a
     "when-issued" basis, that is, delivery and payment for the securities
     normally take place within a specified number of days after the date of
     the Portfolio's commitment and are subject to certain conditions such as
     the issuance of satisfactory legal opinions.  The Portfolio may also
     purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant to refunding contracts
     in connection with the refinancing of an issuer's outstanding
     indebtedness.  Refunding contracts generally require the issuer to sell
     and the Portfolio to buy such securities on a settlement date that could
     be several months or several years in the future.
         
                The Portfolio will make commitments to purchase when-issued
     securities only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities,
     but may sell such securities before the settlement date if it is deemed
     advisable as a matter of investment strategy.  The payment obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the Portfolio enters into the purchase commitment.  The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate cash or high grade liquid debt securities in a
     separate account of the Portfolio in an amount at least equal to the
     when-issued commitments.  If the value of the securities placed in the
     separate account declines, additional cash or high grade liquid debt
     securities will be placed in the account on a daily basis so that the
     value of the account will at least equal the amount of the Portfolio's
     when-issued commitments.  When the Portfolio commits to purchase a
     security on a when-issued basis, it records the transaction and reflects
     the value of the security in determining its net asset value.  Securities
     purchased on a when-issued basis and the securities held by the Portfolio
     are subject to changes in value based upon the perception of the
     creditworthiness of the issuer and changes in the level of interest rates
     (i.e., appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio remains
     substantially fully invested at the same time that it has purchased
     securities on a when-issued basis, there will be greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net asset value than if it solely set aside cash to pay
     for when-issued securities.



                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio may purchase variable rate obligations.  Variable
     rate instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.).  The revised rates are
     usually set at the issuer's discretion, in which case the investor
     normally enjoys the right to "put" the security back to the issuer or his
     agent.  Rate revisions may alternatively be determined by formula or in
     some other contractual fashion.  Variable rate obligations normally
     provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short
     notice at par with accrued interest and are frequently secured by letters
     of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.  To the
     extent that such letters of credit or other arrangements constitute an
     unconditional guarantee of the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the issuer of a security for the purpose of complying with the
     diversification requirements set forth in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule 5b-2 thereunder.  The Portfolio would anticipate using these
     obligations as cash equivalents pending longer term investment of its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds have a fixed final maturity date.  However,
     it is commonplace for the issuer to reserve the right to call the bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds may have "put" or "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.  Interest income generated by certain
     bonds having demand features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest. 
     Longer term fixed-rate bonds may give the holder a right to request
     redemption at certain times (often annually after the lapse of an
     intermediate term).  These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in interest rates)
     while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term
     bonds, because the Portfolio may retain the bond if interest rates
     decline.  By acquiring these kinds of obligations the Portfolio obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer of the security or some other
     person (other than a broker or dealer) to purchase the security at an
     agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person. 
     Because this right is assignable with the security, which is readily
     marketable and valued in the customary manner, the Portfolio will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The Portfolio may also enter into a separate agreement with the
     seller of the security or some other person granting the Portfolio the
     right to put the security to the seller thereof or the other person at an
     agreed upon price.  The Portfolio intends to limit this type of
     transaction to institutions (such as banks or securities dealers) which
     the Investment Adviser believes present minimal credit risks and would
     engage in this type of transaction to facilitate portfolio liquidity or
     (if the seller so agrees) to hedge against rising interest rates.  There

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     is no assurance that this kind of put option will be available to the
     Portfolio or that selling institutions will be willing to permit the
     Portfolio to exercise a put to hedge against rising interest rates.  A
     separate put option may not be marketable or otherwise assignable, and
     sale of the security to a third party or lapse of time with the put
     unexercised may terminate the right to exercise the put.  The Portfolio
     does not expect to assign any value to any separate put option which may
     be acquired to facilitate portfolio liquidity, inasmuch as the value (if
     any) of the put will be reflected in the value assigned to the associated
     security; any put acquired for hedging purposes would be valued in good
     faith under methods or procedures established by the Trustees after
     consideration of all relevant factors, including its expiration date, the
     price volatility of the associated security, the difference between the
     market price of the associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the creditworthiness of the issuer of the put and the market prices of
     comparable put options.  Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.
        
     Securities Lending
         
        
              The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by lending
     portfolio securities to broker-dealers or other institutional borrowers.
     Under present regulatory policies of the Commission, such loans are
     required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash
     equivalents or U.S. Government securities held by the Portfolio's
     custodian and maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to
     the market value of the securities loaned, which will be marked to market
     daily. Cash equivalents include short-term municipal obligations as well
     as taxable certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other short-term
     money market instruments. The Portfolio would have the right to call a
     loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on up to five business
     days' notice. During the existence of a loan, the Portfolio will continue
     to receive the equivalent of the interest paid by the issuer on the
     securities loaned and will also receive a fee, or all or a portion of the
     interest on investment of the collateral, if any. However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending fees to such borrowers. The Portfolio would not have the
     right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of
     the loan, but would call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to
     be taken among holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of
     their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of
     rights in the securities loaned if the borrower of the securities fails
     financially. However, the loans will be made only to organizations deemed
     by the Portfolio's management to be of good standing and when, in the
     judgment of the Portfolio's management, the consideration that can be
     earned from securities loans justifies the attendant risk. Distributions
     of any income realized by the Portfolio from securities loans will be
     taxable. If the management of the Portfolio decides to make securities
     loans, it is intended that the value of the securities loaned would not
     exceed 30% of the Portfolio's total assets. The Portfolio has no present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






         
        
     Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
         
        
              A change in the level of interest rates may affect the value of
     the securities held by the Portfolio (or of securities that the Portfolio
     expects to purchase).  To hedge against changes in rates, the Portfolio
     may enter into (i) futures contracts for the purchase or sale of debt
     securities, (ii) futures contracts on securities indices and (iii) futures
     contracts on other financial instruments and indices.  All futures
     contracts entered into by the Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards
     of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading
     Commission ("CFTC") and must be executed through a futures commission
     merchant or brokerage firm that is a member of the relevant exchange.  The
     Portfolio may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts
     that are traded on a United States or foreign exchange or board of trade. 
     The Portfolio will be required, in connection with transactions in futures
     contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make margin deposits,
     which will be held by the Portfolio's custodian for the benefit of the
     futures commission merchant through whom the Portfolio engages in such
     futures and options transactions.
         
        
              Some futures contracts and options thereon may become illiquid
     under adverse market conditions.  In addition, during periods of market
     volatility, a commodity exchange may suspend or limit transactions in an
     exchange-traded instrument, which may make the instrument temporarily
     illiquid and difficult to price.  Commodity exchanges may also establish
     daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or futures
     option can vary from the previous day's settlement price.  Once the daily
     limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the
     limit.  This may prevent the Portfolio from closing out positions and
     limiting its losses.
         
        
              The Portfolio will engage in futures and related options
     transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined in or
     permitted by CFTC regulations.  The Portfolio will determine that the
     price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures are
     substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the
     Portfolio or that it expects to purchase.  The Portfolio's futures
     transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes - that
     is, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the
     price of securities that the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts will be
     purchased to protect the Portfolio against an increase in the price of
     securities it intends to purchase.  As evidence of this hedging intent,
     the Portfolio expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it
     takes a "long" futures (or option) position (involving the purchase of
     futures contracts), the Portfolio will have purchased, or will be in the
     process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the
     cash market at the time when the futures (or option) position is closed

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     out.  However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to do so, a long futures position may be terminated (or
     an option may expire) without the corresponding purchase of securities. 
     The Portfolio will engage in transactions in futures and related options
     contracts only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the
     requirements of the Code for maintaining the qualification of each of the
     Portfolio's investment company investors as a regulated investment company
     for federal income tax purposes (see "Tax Status").
         
        
              Transactions using futures contracts and options (other than
     options that the Portfolio has purchased) expose the Portfolio to an
     obligation to another party.  The Portfolio will not enter into any such
     transactions unless it owns either (1) an offsetting ("covered") position
     in securities or other options or futures contracts, or (2) cash,
     receivables and short-term debt securities with a value sufficient at all
     times to cover its potential obligations not covered as provided in (1)
     above.  The Portfolio will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for
     these instruments and, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash, U.S.
     Government securities or other liquid, high-grade debt securities in a
     segregated account with its custodian in the prescribed amount.
         
        
              Assets used as cover or held in a segregated account cannot be
     sold while the position in the corresponding futures contract or option is
     open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets.  As a
     result, the commitment of a large portion of the Portfolio's assets to
     cover or segregated accounts could impede portfolio management or the
     Portfolio's ability to meet redemption requests or other current
     obligations.
         
     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding
     quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be
     determined immediately after and as a result of the Portfolio's
     acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, any later
     increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other
     circumstances, other than a subsequent rating change below investment
     grade made by a rating service, will not compel the Portfolio to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

              The Portfolio has adopted the following investment restrictions
     which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a
     "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio present or represented by proxy at a
     meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Portfolio are present or represented at the meeting or
     (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. 

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






     The term "voting securities" as used in this paragraph has the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
        
              (1)     Borrow money or issue senior securities, except as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940;
         
              (2)     Purchase securities on margin (but the Portfolio may
     obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of
     purchases and sales of securities).  The deposit or payment by the
     Portfolio of initial or maintenance margin in connection with futures
     contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (3)     Underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities
     of others, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an
     underwriter in selling a portfolio security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;
        
              (4)     Purchase or sell real estate (including limited
     partnership interests in real estate, but excluding readily marketable
     interests in real estate investment trusts or readily marketable
     securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate or securities
     which are secured by real estate);
         
              (5)     Purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities; or
        
              (6)     Make loans to any person, except by (a) the acquisition
     of debt instruments and making portfolio investments, (b) entering into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         
        
              The Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies which
     may be changed by the Portfolio without approval of its investors.  As a
     matter of nonfundamental policy, the Portfolio may not: (a) engage in
     options, futures or forward transactions if more than 5% of its net
     assets, as measured by the aggregate of the premiums paid by the
     Portfolio, would be so invested; (b) make short sales of securities or
     maintain a short position, unless at all times when a short position is
     open the Portfolio owns an equal amount of such securities or securities
     convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further
     consideration, for securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount
     to, the securities sold short, and unless not more than 25% of the
     Portfolio's net assets (taken at current value) is held as collateral for
     such sales at any one time.  (The Portfolio will make such sales only for
     the purpose of deferring realization of gain or loss for federal income
     tax purposes); (c) invest more than 15% of its net assets in investments
     which are not readily marketable, including restricted securities and
     repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.  Restricted
     securities for the purposes of this limitation do not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of said Act that the

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     Board of Trustees, or its delegate, determines to be liquid; (d) purchase
     or retain in its portfolio any securities issued by an issuer any of whose
     officers, directors, trustees or security holders is an officer or Trustee
     of the Portfolio, or is a member, officer, director or trustee of any
     investment adviser of the Portfolio, if after the purchase of the
     securities of such issuer by the Portfolio one or more of such persons
     owns beneficially more than 1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities or both
     (all taken at market value) of such issuer and such persons owning more
     than 1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more
     than 5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);
     or (e) purchase oil, gas or other mineral leases or purchase partnership
     interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development
     programs.
         
        
              For purposes of the Portfolio's investment restrictions, the
     determination of the "issuer" of a municipal obligation that is not a
     general obligation bond will be made by the Investment Adviser on the
     basis of the characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of which is the source of funds committed to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.
         
        
         
        
              In order to permit the sale in certain states of shares of
     certain open-end investment companies which are investors in the
     Portfolio, the Portfolio may make commitments more restrictive than the
     policies described above.  Should the Portfolio determine that any such
     commitment is no longer in the best interests of the Portfolio and its
     investors, it will revoke such commitment.
         
     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Trustees and officers of the Portfolio are listed below. 
     Except as indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other
     offices in the same company for the last five years.  Unless otherwise
     noted, the business address of each Trustee and officer is 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, which is also the address of the
     Portfolio's investment adviser, Boston Management and Research ("BMR" or
     the "Investment Adviser"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton
     Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"); of Eaton Vance's parent, Eaton Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and of BMR's and Eaton Vance's trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").  Eaton Vance and EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC. 
     Those Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance, EVC or EV, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of their
     affiliation with any one or more of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President of Dwight Partners, Inc. (a corporate relations and
     communications company) founded in 1988; Chairman of the Board of
     Newspapers of New England, Inc. since 1983.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV, and a Director
     of EVC and EV.  Director or Trustee and officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking, Harvard University
     Graduate School of Business Administration.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President and Director, United Asset Management Corporation, a holding
     company owning institutional investment management firms. Chairman,
     President and Director, UAM Funds (mutual funds).  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment Adviser and Consultant.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         
                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Mr. Fetter was elected
     President of the Portfolio on December 13, 1993.  Officer of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (39), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR since August 11, 1992, and of Eaton Vance and EV. 
     Employee of Eaton Vance since March 8, 1991.  Fidelity Investments -

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     Portfolio Manager (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         
        
     NICOLE ANDERES (34), Vice President 
     Vice President of BMR and Eaton Vance since 1994.  Vice President and
     portfolio manager, Lazard Freres Asset Management (1992-1994); Vice
     President and Manager--Municipal Research, Roosevelt & Cross (1978-1992). 
     Officer of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Ms. Anderes was elected Vice President of the Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (33), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since March 1, 1994;
     employee of Eaton Vance since March 1993.  State Regulations Supervisor,
     The Boston Company (1991-1993) and Registration Specialist, Fidelity
     Management & Research Co. (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since February 1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads and Gaston & Snow.  Officer
     of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr.
     Woodbury was elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on June 19,
     1995.
         
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Special Committee's
     functions include a continuous review of the Portfolio's contractual
     relationship with the Investment Adviser, making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of those Trustees who are not members
     of the Eaton Vance organization, and making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding candidates to fill vacancies, as and when they occur,
     in the ranks of those Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






              Messrs. Treynor (Chairman) and Dwight are members of the Audit
     Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Audit Committee's functions
     include making recommendations to the Trustees regarding the selection of
     the independent certified public accountants, and reviewing with such
     accountants and the Treasurer of the Portfolio matters relative to
     accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.
        
              The fees and expenses of those Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not members of the Eaton Vance organization (the noninterested Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of the Eaton Vance organization receive no compensation from the
     Portfolio).  During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, the
     noninterested Trustees of the Portfolio earned the following compensation
     in their capacities as Trustees of the Portfolio and the other funds in
     the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         
        
                                       Aggregate        Total Compensation
                                       Compensation     from Portfolio
     Name                              from Portfolio   and Fund Complex
     -------                           ---------------  --------------------
     Donald R.
     Dwight                            $4,093(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                         4,048(3)          150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                             4,013             135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                          4,133             140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                            4,257             140,000
         
        
     (1)      The Eaton Vance fund complex consists of 211 registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $1,373 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $1,302 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
              Trustees of the Portfolio who are not affiliated with BMR may
     elect to defer receipt of all or a percentage of their annual fees in
     accordance with the terms of a Trustees Deferred Compensation Plan (the
     "Plan").  Under the Plan, an eligible Trustee may elect to have his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or more funds
     in the Eaton Vance Family of Funds, and the amount paid to the Trustees

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     under the Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees' fees in accordance with the Plan will
     have a negligible effect on the Portfolio's assets, liabilities, and net
     income per share, and will not obligate the Portfolio to retain the
     services of any Trustee or obligate the Portfolio to pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

              The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that it will
     indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses
     incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved
     because of their offices with the Portfolio, unless, as to liability to
     the Portfolio or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they
     engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in their offices, or unless with respect
     to any other matter it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in
     good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best
     interests of the Portfolio.  In the case of settlement, such
     indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a
     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon a review of readily available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in
     willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 
        
              As of January 15, 1996, EV Marathon New York Municipals Fund (the
     "Marathon Fund"), a series of Eaton Vance Municipals Trust, owned
     approximately 98.4% of the value of the outstanding interests in the
     Portfolio.  Because the Marathon Fund controls the Portfolio, it may take
     actions without the approval of any other investor.  The Marathon Fund has
     informed the Portfolio that whenever it is requested to vote on matters
     pertaining to the fundamental policies of the Portfolio, it will hold a
     meeting of shareholders and will cast its votes as instructed by its
     shareholders.  It is anticipated that any other investor in the Portfolio
     which is an investment company registered under the 1940 Act would follow
     the same or a similar practice.  Eaton Vance Municipals Trust is an open-
     end management investment company organized as a business trust under the
     laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
         
     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment Adviser.  The Portfolio engages BMR as investment
     adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated October 13,
     1992.  BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment
     companies and various individual and institutional clients with combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
              BMR manages the investments and affairs of the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes to

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     the Portfolio investment research, advice and supervision, furnishes an
     investment program and determines what securities will be purchased, held
     or sold by the Portfolio and what portion, if any, of the Portfolio's
     assets will be held uninvested.  The Investment Advisory Agreement
     requires BMR to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization and all personnel of
     BMR performing services relating to research and investment activities. 
     The Portfolio is responsible for all expenses not expressly stated to be
     payable by BMR under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the Portfolio and
     continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Portfolio under the
     1940 Act, (iii) commissions, fees and other expenses connected with the
     acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental fees, (vii) expenses of issue, sale and redemption of
     interests in the Portfolio, (viii) expenses of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio and interests in the Portfolio under federal and state
     securities laws and of preparing and printing registration statements or
     other offering statements or memoranda for such purposes and for
     distributing the same to investors, and fees and expenses of registering
     and maintaining registrations of the Portfolio and of the Portfolio's
     placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state securities laws,
     (ix) expenses of reports and notices to investors and of meetings of
     investors and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of reports to
     governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses, (xii)
     association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements of
     custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Portfolio (including
     without limitation safekeeping for funds, securities and other
     investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of
     net asset values, book capital account balances and tax capital account
     balances), (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents,
     dividend disbursing agents, investor servicing agents and registrars for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges to investors approved by the Trustees
     of the Portfolio, (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the
     Portfolio who are not members of the BMR organization, and (xviii) such
     nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection
     with litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the
     Portfolio to indemnify its Trustees, officers and investors with respect
     thereto.
         
        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part A.  As at September 30, 1995, the Portfolio had net assets of
     $652,736,309.  For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of $3,031,508 (equivalent to 0.47% of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets for such year).  For the fiscal year
     ended September 30, 1994, the Portfolio paid BMR advisory fees of
     $3,073,565 (equivalent to 0.46% of the Portfolio's average daily net
     assets for such year).  For the period from the start of business,
     February 1, 1993, to the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993, the

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     Portfolio paid BMR advisory fees of $1,755,148 (equivalent to 0.46%
     (annualized) of the Portfolio's average daily net assets for such period).
         
        
              The Investment Advisory Agreement with BMR remains in effect
     until February 28, 1996.  It may be continued indefinitely thereafter so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1996 is approved at least
     annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio
     who are not interested persons of the Portfolio or of BMR cast in person
     at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such
     approval and (ii) by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.  The
     Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty on sixty (60)
     days' written notice by the Board of Trustees of either party, or by vote
     of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment. 
     The Agreement provides that BMR may render services to others and engage
     in other business activities and may permit other fund clients and other
     corporations and organizations to use the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their names.  The Agreement also provides that
     BMR shall not be liable for any loss incurred in connection with the
     performance of its duties, or action taken or omitted under that
     Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder, or for any losses
     sustained in the acquisition, holding or disposition of any security or
     other investment.
         
        
              BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.  Eaton Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC.  BMR and Eaton Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance.  The Directors of EV are Landon T. Clay, H. Day Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier Gardner, James B. Hawkes, and Benjamin A. Rowland, Jr.  The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.  Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is president and chief
     executive officer of EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  All of the issued and
     outstanding shares of Eaton Vance and EV are owned by EVC.  All of the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares
     of the outstanding Voting Common Stock of EVC are deposited in a Voting
     Trust, which expires on December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which
     are Messrs. Clay, Brigham, Gardner, Hawkes and Rowland.  The Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights for the election of Directors of
     EVC.  All of the outstanding voting trust receipts issued under said
     Voting Trust are owned by certain of the officers of BMR and Eaton Vance
     who are also officers and Directors of EVC and EV.  As of December 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs. Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such voting trust receipts.  Messrs. Hawkes and Otis are officers or
     Trustees of the Portfolio and are members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV organizations.  Messrs. Fetter, MacIntosh, Murphy, O'Connor and
     Woodbury and Ms. Anderes and Ms. Sanders are officers of the Portfolio and

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     are also members of the BMR, Eaton Vance and EV organizations.  BMR will
     receive the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton Vance owns all of the stock of Energex Energy Corporation,
     which is engaged in oil and gas operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc., which is engaged in real
     estate investment, consulting and management.  EVC owns all of the stock
     of Fulcrum Management, Inc. and MinVen Inc., which are engaged in the
     development of precious metal properties.  EVC also owns 24% of the Class
     A shares of Lloyd George Management (B.V.I.) Limited, a registered
     investment adviser.  EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV may also enter into
     other businesses.
         
              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from time
     to time have transactions with various banks, including the custodian of
     the Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company.  It is Eaton Vance's
     opinion that the terms and conditions of such transactions were not and
     will not be influenced by existing or potential custodial or other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
              Custodian.  Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT"), 89 South
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts, acts as custodian for the Portfolio.  IBT
     has the custody of all of the Portfolio's assets, maintains the general
     ledger of the Portfolio, and computes the daily net asset value of
     interests in the Portfolio.  In such capacity it attends to details in
     connection with the sale, exchange, substitution or transfer of, or other
     dealings with, the Portfolio's investments, receives and disburses all
     funds, and performs various other ministerial duties upon receipt of
     proper instructions from the Portfolio.  IBT charges fees which are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and valuation services and is based upon a percentage of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee relates to activity charges,
     primarily the number of portfolio transactions.  These fees are then
     reduced by a credit for cash balances of the particular investment company
     at the custodian equal to 75% of the 91-day, U.S. Treasury Bill auction
     rate applied to the particular investment company's average daily
     collected balances for the week.  Landon T. Clay, a Director of EVC and an
     officer, Trustee or Director of other entities in the Eaton Vance
     organization, owns approximately 13% of the voting stock of Investors
     Financial Services Corp., the holding company parent of IBT.  Management
     believes that such ownership does not create an affiliated person
     relationship between the Portfolio and IBT under the 1940 Act.  For the
     fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $221,548 for
     its services as custodian.
         
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts, are the independent certified
     public accountants of the Portfolio, providing audit services, tax return
     preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

              Decisions concerning the execution of portfolio security
     transactions, including the selection of the market and the executing
     firm, are made by BMR.  BMR is also responsible for the execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places the portfolio security transactions of the Portfolio
     and of all other accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. 
     BMR uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio security
     transactions at prices that are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being
     charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In seeking such
     execution, BMR will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a
     transaction and will give consideration to various relevant factors
     including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the
     nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction,
     the general execution and operational capabilities of the executing firm,
     the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the
     firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this
     and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or
     commission, if any.  Municipal obligations purchased and sold by the
     Portfolio are generally traded in the over-the-counter market on a net
     basis (i.e., without commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting
     for their own account rather than as brokers, or otherwise involve
     transactions directly with the issuer of such obligations.  Such firms
     attempt to profit from such transactions by buying at the bid price and
     selling at the higher asked price of the market for such obligations, and
     the difference between the bid and asked prices is customarily referred to
     as the spread.  The Portfolio may also purchase municipal obligations from
     underwriters, the cost of which may include undisclosed fees and
     concessions to the underwriters.  While it is anticipated that the
     Portfolio will not pay significant brokerage commissions in connection
     with such portfolio security transactions, on occasion it may be necessary
     or appropriate to purchase or sell a security through a broker on an
     agency basis, in which case the Portfolio will incur a brokerage
     commission.  Although spreads or commissions on portfolio security
     transactions will, in the judgment of BMR, be reasonable in relation to
     the value of the services provided, spreads or commissions exceeding those
     that another firm might charge may be paid to firms who were selected to
     execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio and BMR's other clients
     for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, a broker or dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission that is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that
     transaction if BMR determines in good faith that such commission was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.  This determination may be made either on the basis of that
     particular transaction or on the basis of overall responsibilities that

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     BMR and its affiliates have for accounts over which they exercise
     investment discretion.  In making any such determination, BMR will not
     attempt to place a specific dollar value on the brokerage and research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should be
     related to such services.  Brokerage and research services may include
     advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in,
     purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or
     purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports
     concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
     portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; effecting securities
     transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
     clearance and settlement); and the "Research Services" referred to in the
     next paragraph.

              It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and
     of the advisers of investment companies, institutions and other investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation services, data, information
     and other services, products and materials that assist such advisers in
     the performance of their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from broker-dealer firms that execute portfolio transactions for the
     clients of such advisers and from third parties with which such
     broker-dealers have arrangements.  Consistent with this practice, BMR
     receives Research Services from many broker-dealer firms with which BMR
     places the Portfolio's transactions and from third parties with which
     these broker-dealers have arrangements.  These Research Services include
     such matters as general economic and market reviews, industry and company
     reviews, evaluations of securities and portfolio strategies and
     transactions and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and other portfolio transactions, financial, industry and trade
     publications, news and information services, pricing and quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented computer hardware, software,
     data bases and services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a broker-dealer may be used by BMR in connection with client accounts
     other than those accounts that pay commissions to such broker-dealer.  Any
     such Research Service may be broadly useful and of value to BMR in
     rendering investment advisory services to all or a significant portion of
     its clients, or may be relevant and useful for the management of only one
     client's account or of only a few clients' accounts, or may be useful for
     the management of merely a segment of certain clients' accounts,
     regardless of whether any such account or accounts paid commissions to the
     broker-dealer through which such Research Service was obtained.  The
     advisory fee paid by the Portfolio is not reduced because BMR receives
     such Research Services.  BMR evaluates the nature and quality of the
     various Research Services obtained through broker-dealer firms and
     attempts to allocate sufficient commissions to such firms to ensure the
     continued receipt of Research Services that BMR believes are useful or of
     value to it in rendering investment advisory services to its clients.

              Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices
     and at reasonably competitive spreads or commission rates, BMR is
     authorized to consider as a factor in the selection of any firm with whom

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     portfolio orders may be placed the fact that such firm has sold or is
     selling shares of any investment company sponsored by BMR or Eaton Vance. 
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., which rule provides that no firm that is a
     member of the Association shall favor or disfavor the distribution of
     shares of any particular investment company or group of investment
     companies on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected by
     such firm from any source.

              Municipal obligations considered as investments for the Portfolio
     may also be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by BMR or
     its affiliates.  BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions among the Portfolio and the portfolios of its other
     investment accounts purchasing municipal obligations whenever decisions
     are made to purchase or sell securities by the Portfolio and one or more
     of such other accounts simultaneously.  In making such allocations, the
     main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives of
     the Portfolio and such other accounts, the relative size of portfolio
     holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash
     for investment by the Portfolio and such accounts, the size of investment
     commitments generally held by the Portfolio and such accounts and the
     opinions of the persons responsible for recommending investments to the
     Portfolio and such accounts.  While this procedure could have a
     detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to
     the Portfolio from time to time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio that the benefits available from the BMR organization outweigh
     any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous
     transactions.
        
              For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, for the fiscal year
     ended September 30, 1994, and for the period from the start of business,
     February 1, 1993, to the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993, the
     Portfolio paid no brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under the Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata in distributions of taxable income, loss, gain and
     credit of the Portfolio.  Upon dissolution of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate the assets of the Portfolio and apply and distribute the
     proceeds thereof as follows: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and
     obligations of the Portfolio to third parties including, without
     limitation, the retirement of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of record of interests in the Portfolio ("Holders") or their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any
     reserves for contingencies which may be necessary; and (b) second, in
     accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book Capital Accounts for certain allocations provided in the
     Declaration of Trust and in accordance with the requirements described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     or all of the assets of the Portfolio would cause undue loss to the
     Holders, the Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having
     given notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited
     by the law of any jurisdiction in which the Portfolio is then formed or
     qualified and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the
     Portfolio except those necessary to satisfy the Portfolio's debts and
     obligations or distribute the Portfolio's assets to the Holders in
     liquidation.  Interests in the Portfolio have no preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and are fully paid and nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.  Interests in the Portfolio may not be transferred. 
     Certificates representing an investor's interest in the Portfolio are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder is entitled to vote in proportion to the amount of
     its interest in the Portfolio.  Holders do not have cumulative voting
     rights.  The Portfolio is not required and has no current intention to
     hold annual meetings of Holders, but the Portfolio will hold meetings of
     Holders when in the judgment of the Portfolio's Trustees it is necessary
     or desirable to submit matters to a vote of Holders at a meeting.  Any
     action which may be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if
     Holders holding more than 50% of all interests entitled to vote (or such
     larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of
     the Declaration of Trust of the Portfolio) consent to the action in
     writing and the consents are filed with the records of meetings of
     Holders.

              The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust may be amended by vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all interests in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50%
     of all interests.  The Trustees may also amend the Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law, to
     supply any omission or cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision, to conform the Declaration of Trust
     to applicable Federal law or regulations or to the requirements of the
     Code, or to change, modify or rescind any provision, provided that such
     change, modification or rescission is determined by the Trustees to be
     necessary or appropriate and not to have a materially adverse effect on
     the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment of the Declaration
     of Trust which would change any rights with respect to any Holder's
     interest in the Portfolio by reducing the amount payable thereon upon
     liquidation of the Portfolio may be made, except with the vote or consent
     of the Holders of two-thirds of all interests.  References in the
     Declaration of Trust and in Part A or this Part B to a specified
     percentage of, or fraction of, interests in the Portfolio, means Holders
     whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such specified
     percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account balance of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The Portfolio may merge or consolidate with any other

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell or
     exchange all or substantially all of its assets upon such terms and
     conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by the
     Holders of (a) 67% or more of the interests in the Portfolio present or
     represented at the meeting of Holders, if Holders of more than 50% of all
     interests are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.  The Portfolio may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a
     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.
        
              In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, there normally will
     be no meetings of the investors for the purpose of electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by investors.  In such an event, the Trustees of
     the Portfolio then in office will call an investors' meeting for the
     election of Trustees.  Except for the foregoing circumstances, and unless
     removed by action of the investors in accordance with the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors holding two-thirds of the outstanding interests have
     removed him from that office either by a written declaration filed with
     the Portfolio's custodian or by votes cast at a meeting called for that
     purpose.  The Declaration of Trust further provides that under certain
     circumstances, the investors may call a meeting to remove a Trustee and
     that the Portfolio is required to provide assistance in communicating with
     investors about such a meeting.
         
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  Investors in the Portfolio will be held personally liable
     for its obligations and liabilities, subject, however, to indemnification
     by the Portfolio in the event that there is imposed upon an investor a
     greater portion of the liabilities and obligations of the Portfolio than
     its proportionate interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio intends to
     maintain fidelity and errors and omissions  insurance deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore, the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
              The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status
        
              The Portfolio has been advised by tax counsel that, provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and operational documents, the Portfolio should be
     classified as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.  Consequently, the
     Portfolio does not expect that it will be required to pay any federal
     income tax, and a Holder will be required to take into account in
     determining its federal income tax liability its share of the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon the
     factual and legal context in which the question arises. Under the
     aggregate approach, each partner is treated as an owner of an undivided
     interest in partnership assets and operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated as a separate entity in which partners have no
     direct interest in partnership assets and operations. The Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that, in the case of a Holder that seeks to
     qualify as a RIC, the aggregate approach should apply, and each such
     Holder should accordingly be deemed to own a proportionate share of each
     of the assets of the Portfolio and to be entitled to the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that share for purposes of all requirements
     of Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5) of the Code. Further, the Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that each Holder that seeks to qualify as a
     RIC should be deemed to hold its proportionate share of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the Portfolio has held the assets or for the period
     the Holder has been an investor in the Portfolio, whichever is shorter.
     Investors should consult their tax advisers regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to their investment in the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax status and any special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In order to enable a Holder in the Portfolio that is otherwise
     eligible to qualify as a RIC, the Portfolio intends to satisfy the
     requirements of Subchapter M of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as if they were applicable to the Portfolio and
     to allocate and permit withdrawals in a manner that will enable a Holder
     that is a RIC to comply with those requirements.  The Portfolio will

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     allocate at least annually to each Holder its distributive share of the
     Portfolio's net taxable (if any) and tax-exempt investment income, net
     realized capital gains, and any other items of income, gain, loss,
     deduction or credit in a manner intended to comply with the Code and
     applicable Treasury regulations.  Tax counsel has advised the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's allocations of taxable income and loss should have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
              To the extent the cash proceeds of any withdrawal (or, under
     certain circumstances, such proceeds plus the value of any marketable
     securities distributed to an investor) ("liquid proceeds") exceed a
     Holder's adjusted basis of his interest in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally realize a gain for federal income tax purposes. If, upon a
     complete withdrawal (redemption of the entire interest), the Holder's
     adjusted basis of his interest exceeds the liquid proceeds of such
     withdrawal, the Holder will generally realize a loss for federal income
     tax purposes.  The tax consequences of a withdrawal of property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific factual circumstances.  A Holder's adjusted basis of an
     interest in the Portfolio will generally be the aggregate prices paid
     therefor (including the adjusted basis of contributed property and any
     gain recognized on such contribution), increased by the amounts of the
     Holder's distributive share of items of income (including interest income
     exempt from federal income tax) and realized net gain of the Portfolio,
     and reduced, but not below zero, by (i) the amounts of the Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest income exempt from
     federal income tax and cash distributions on withdrawals from the
     Portfolio) and the basis to the Holder of any property received by such
     Holder other than in liquidation, and (iii) the Holder's distributive
     share of the Portfolio's nondeductible expenditures not properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities may also result in corresponding increases
     or decreases in such adjusted basis.  Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess of a Holder's adjusted basis in its interest in the Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
              The Portfolio may acquire zero coupon or other securities issued
     with original issue discount.  As the holder of those securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the original issue discount (even on municipal
     securities) that accrues on the securities during the taxable year, even
     if it receives no corresponding payment on the securities during the year. 
     Because each Holder that is a RIC must distribute annually substantially
     all of its investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income,
     including any original issue discount, to qualify for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder may be required in a particular year to distribute as an
     "exempt-interest dividend" an amount that is greater than its pro-
     portionate share of the total amount of cash the Portfolio actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made from the Holder's cash assets,

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     if any, or from its proportionate share of the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds of sales of the Portfolio's securities, if necessary.  The
     Portfolio may realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which
     would increase or decrease the investment company taxable income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized on the disposition of securities held for less than three
     months.  Because of the Short-Short Limitation (defined below), any such
     gains would reduce the Portfolio's ability to sell other securities, or
     options or futures contracts, held for less than three months that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments in lower rated or unrated securities may present
     special tax issues for the Portfolio and hence to an investor in the
     Portfolio to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely
     with respect to such securities.  Tax rules are not entirely clear about
     issues such as when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on
     obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income;
     and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are
     taxable.
         
        
              In order for a Holder that is a RIC to be entitled to pay the
     tax-exempt interest income the Portfolio allocates to it as
     exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders, the Holder must satisfy
     certain requirements, including the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross
     income under Section 103(a) of the Code.  The Portfolio intends to
     concentrate its investments in such tax-exempt obligations to an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
              Interest on certain municipal obligations is treated as a tax
     preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. 
     Holders that are required to file federal income tax returns are required
     to report tax-exempt interest allocated to them by the Portfolio on such
     returns.
         
              From time to time proposals have been introduced before Congress
     for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain types of municipal obligations, and it
     can be expected that similar proposals may be introduced in the future. 
     Under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, the federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain municipal obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.  As a result of such legislation, the availability of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






        
              In the course of managing its investments, the Portfolio may
     realize some short-term and long-term capital gains (and/or losses) as a
     result of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights to when-issued securities and options and futures transactions. 
     The Portfolio may also realize taxable income from certain short-term
     taxable obligations, securities loans, a portion of original issue
     discount with respect to certain stripped municipal obligations or their
     stripped coupons and certain realized accrued market discount.  Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable to Holders that are subject to tax.  However, it is expected
     that such amounts, if any, would normally be insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         
        
              The Portfolio's transactions in options and futures contracts
     will be subject to special tax rules that may affect the amount, timing
     and character of its items of income, gain or loss and hence the
     allocations of such items to investors.  For example, certain positions
     held by the Portfolio on the last business day of each taxable year will
     be marked to market (i.e., treated as if closed out on such day), and any
     resulting gain or loss will generally be treated as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term capital gain or loss.  Certain positions held by the Portfolio
     that substantially diminish the Portfolio's risk of loss with respect to
     other positions in its portfolio may constitute "straddles," which are
     subject to tax rules that may cause deferral of Portfolio losses,
     adjustments in the holding period of Portfolio securities and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses. 
         
        
              Income from transactions in options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least 90% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of specified types of income.  However, income from the dispo-
     sition by the Portfolio of options and futures contracts held for less
     than three months will be subject to the requirement applicable to those
     Holders that less than 30% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
              If the Portfolio satisfies certain requirements, any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether realized or not) of the offsetting hedging
     position during the period of the hedge for purposes of determining
     whether the Holders that are RICs satisfy the Short-Short Limitation. 
     Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the designated hedge will be
     included in gross income for purposes of that limitation.  The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify, it
     may be forced to defer the closing out of options and futures contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         
              Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by an investor to
     purchase or carry an investment in the Portfolio is not deductible to the
     extent it is deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio, in tax-exempt obligations.  Further, persons who are
     "substantial users" (or persons related to "substantial users") of
     facilities financed by industrial development or private activity bonds
     should consult their tax advisers before investing in the Portfolio. 
     "Substantial user" is defined in applicable Treasury regulations to
     include a "non-exempt person" who regularly uses in trade or business a
     part of a facility financed from the proceeds of industrial development
     bonds and would likely be interpreted to include private activity bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

              An entity that is treated as a partnership under the Code, such
     as the Portfolio, is generally treated as a partnership under state and
     local tax laws, but certain states may have different entity
     classification criteria and may therefore reach a different conclusion. 
     Entities that are classified as partnerships are not treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state and local tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered to be income of partners both in timing and in
     character.  The exemption of interest income for federal income tax
     purposes does not necessarily result in exemption under the income or tax
     laws of any state or local taxing authority.  The laws of the various
     states and local taxing authorities vary with respect to the taxation of
     such interest income, as well as to the status of a partnership interest
     under state and local tax laws, and each holder of an interest in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.

              The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules
     applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and financial institutions.  Investors should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular situations, as well as the state, local or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc., which receives no compensation for serving in this
     capacity.  Investment companies, common and commingled trust funds and
     similar organizations and entities may continuously invest in the
     Portfolio.

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements
        
              The following audited financial statements of the Portfolio,

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






     which are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon New
     York Tax Free Fund for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, are
     incorporated by reference into this Part B and have been so incorporated
     in reliance upon the report of Deloitte and Touche LLP, independent
     certified public accountants, as experts in accounting and auditing.  
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended September 30,
              1995
              Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal year ended
              September 30, 1995, and for the fiscal year ended September 30,
              1994
              Supplementary Data for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995,
              for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994, and for the period
              from the start of business, February 1, 1993, to September 30,
              1993
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              For purposes of the EDGAR filing of this amendment to the
     Portfolio's registration statement, the Portfolio incorporates by
     reference the above audited financial statements of the Portfolio
     contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon New York Tax
     Free Fund for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, as previously
     filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     (Accession Number 0000950135-95-002502).
         























                                         B-37
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as "gilt edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
     visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
     standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
     known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds
     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there
     may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors
     giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
     elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
     payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
     unreliable over any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
     their future cannot be considered as well assured.  Often the protection
     of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not
     well safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. 
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings
     available at the date of this Registration Statement for the securities
     listed.  Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of
     issuance.  While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated
     do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these

                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
     maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
     in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
     in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been suspended or withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
     or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances
     arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 in each generic
     rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating
     system.  The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
     end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:  Moody's ratings for state and municipal short-term obligations
     will be designated Moody's Investment Grade or (MIG).  Such rating
     recognizes the differences between short term credit risk and long term
     risk.  Factors affecting the liquidity of the borrower and short term
     cyclical elements are critical in short term ratings, while other factors

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     of major importance in bond risk, long term secular trends for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A short term rating may also be assigned on an issue having a demand
     feature, variable rate demand obligation (VRDO).  Such ratings will be
     designated as VMIGI, SG or if the demand feature is not rated, NR.  A
     short term rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of the VMIGI symbol to reflect such characteristics as payment upon
     periodic demand rather than fixed maturity dates and payment relying on
     external liquidity.  Additionally, investors should be alert to the fact
     that the source of payment may be limited to the external liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to the issuer in the event the demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 (P-1) have a superior
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well established access to a range of financial markets and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 (P-2) have a strong
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  This will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a
     lesser degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be
     more subject to variation.  Capitalization characteristics, while still
     appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 (P-3) have an
     acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations.  The

                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
     pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in
     changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require
     relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is
     maintained.
















































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's
        
         
     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibit adequate
     protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
     repay principal.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the
     highest.  While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
     speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
     exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
     could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
     payments.  The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
     the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments.  Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
     conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. 
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating C1 is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even
     if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that
     such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also
     will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by
     the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service
     requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and
     timely  completion of the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment
     on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L: The letter "L" indicates that the rating pertains to the principal
     amount of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and interest is
     adequately collateralized.  In the case of certificates of deposit the
     letter "L" indicates that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in the same right and capacity, will be honored for principal and
     accrued pre-default interest up to the federal insurance limits within 30
     days after closing of the insured institution or, in the event that the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient
     information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the liquidity concerns and market access risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due in 3 years or less will likely receive a note

                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     rating.  Notes maturing beyond 3 years will most likely receive a
     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will be used in making that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market
              for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  Those issues
     determined to possess very strong characteristics will be given a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest with some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are a current assessment of the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for timely payment.  Issues in this category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.  Those issues determined to possess extremely strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
     satisfactory.  However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
     payment.  They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of
     changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher
     designations.

     B: Issues rated "B" are regarded as having only speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This rating is assigned to short term debt obligations with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is used

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due,
     even if the applicable grace period had not expired, unless S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.


















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
     quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
     and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'.  Because
     bonds rated in the 'AAA' and 'AA' categories are not significantly
     vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. 
     The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to
     be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions and
     circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
     bonds, and therefore, impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB: Bonds are considered speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
     changes.  However, business and financial alternatives can be identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class are
     currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued
     timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited
     margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not
     remedied, may lead to default.  The ability to meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal

                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     payments.  Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on
     the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or
     reorganization of the obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on these bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for
     recovery.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to C may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to indicate the relative position of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on
     demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years,
     including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating
     are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely
     payment.

     F-1: Very Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment
     is adequate; however, near-term adverse change could cause these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect
     to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a bond by a
     rating service may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.



                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements
        
                      The financial statements called for by this Item are
                      incorporated by reference in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.
         
              (b)     Exhibits
        
                      1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.
         
        
                               (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated
                               December 8, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      2.       By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992
                               filed herewith.
         
        
                      5.       Investment Advisory Agreement between the
                               Registrant and Boston Management and Research
                               dated October 13, 1992 filed herewith.
         
        
                      6.       Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton Vance
                               Distributors, Inc. dated January 29, 1993 filed
                               herewith.
         
        
                      8.       (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank &
                               Trust Company dated January 29, 1993 filed
                               herewith.
         
        
                               (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated
                               October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      13.      Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance
                               Municipals Trust (on behalf of Eaton Vance New
                               York Tax Free Fund) dated January 21, 1993 filed
                               herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

              Not applicable.

                                         c-1
<PAGE>






     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
        
                           (1)                        (2)
                                                   Number of
                      Title of Class            Record Holders
                      ---------------           ----------------
                                         As of January 15, 1996

                       Interests                       6                       
                

     Item 27.  Indemnification
        
              Reference is hereby made to Article V of the Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit 1(a) hereto.
         
              The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of
     the Registrant's investment adviser are insured under an errors and
     omissions liability insurance policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To the knowledge of the Portfolio, none of the trustees or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature, except that certain trustees and officers also hold various
     positions with and engage in business for affiliates of the investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
        
              All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be
     maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, 89
     South Street, Boston, MA  02111, and its transfer agent, First Data
     Investor Services Group, Inc., 53 State Street, Boston, MA  02104, with
     the exception of certain corporate documents and portfolio trading
     documents which are in the possession and custody of the Registrant's
     investment adviser at 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA  02110.  The
     Registrant is informed that all applicable accounts, books and documents
     required to be maintained by registered investment advisers are in the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.
         
     Item 31.  Management Services

                                         c-2
<PAGE>






              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.
















































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






        
                                     SIGNATURES 
         
        
              Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of
     1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to the Registration
     Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
     thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts on the 25th day of January, 1996.
         
        
                                                NEW YORK MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
         
        
                                                By: /s/ Thomas J. Fetter     
                                                    ---------------------
                                                   Thomas J. Fetter
                                                   President
         


































                                         c-4
<PAGE>






                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS


     Exhibit No.               Description of Exhibit
     -------------             ----------------------
        
         
        
     1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992.
         
        
              (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated December 8,
              1995.
         
        
     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992.
         
        
     5.       Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Boston
              Management and Research dated October 13, 1992.
         
        
     6.       Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
              dated January 29, 1993.
         
        
     8.       (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust Company
              dated January 29, 1993.
         
        
              (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated October 23, 1995.
         
        
     13.      Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
              (on behalf of Eaton Vance New York Tax Free Fund) dated January
              21, 1993.
         
















                                         c-5
<PAGE>





                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ---------------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                               
     PAGE


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                                       Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                               Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                                       to Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations    of    Liability    of    Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees,            Agents,Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                                       Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                                       Service of Process  . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations 20




                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                          

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of  New York Tax Free Portfolio is  made
     as  of  the 1st  day  of May,  1992  by the  parties  signatory  hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

              WHEREAS, the Trustees  desire to form a  trust fund under the  law
     of the  State  of New  York  for the  investment  and reinvestment  of  its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it  is proposed  that  the trust  assets be  composed  of
     money  and property contributed thereto by the  holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the  Trustees hereby declare  that they  will hold
     in trust  all money  and property contributed  to the  trust fund and  will
     manage and dispose of  the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust

              1.1.    Name.  The  name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be New York Tax Free  Portfolio and so far as may  be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct  the Trust's activities, execute  all documents  and
     sue or  be sued under that name, which name  (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used)  shall  refer  to  the  Trustees  as  Trustees,  and  not
     individually, and shall  not refer to  the officers,  employees, agents  or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests  in the Trust.


              1.2.    Definitions.  As  used in this Declaration,  the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall  mean any  party furnishing services  to the
     Trust pursuant  to  any administration  contract described  in Section  4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital  Account" shall mean,  for any Holder  at any  time,
     the  Book  Capital  Account  of the  Holder  for  such  day, determined  in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
     amended from time to time, as well as  any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal  Revenue  Code of  1954,  as  amended (or  any  corresponding
<PAGE>






     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission"  shall   mean  the   U.S.  Securities   and  Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration"  shall mean  this  Declaration of  Trust  as amended
     from time  to  time.   References  in  this Declaration  to  "Declaration",
     "hereof",  "herein"  and "hereunder"  shall  be  deemed  to  refer to  this
     Declaration  rather than  the article  or section  in which  any such  word
     appears.

              "Fiscal  Year"  shall mean  an  annual  period  determined by  the
     Trustees  which ends on September 30  of each year or on  such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional  Investor(s)" shall  mean any  regulated investment
     company, segregated  asset  account,  foreign  investment  company,  common
     trust fund, group trust or other  investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or  without the United States of  America, other than an individual,
     S corporation,  partnership or  grantor  trust  beneficially owned  by  any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all rights,  powers and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  this
     Declaration, which interest may  be expressed  as a percentage,  determined
     by calculating, at  such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to  time determine, the  ratio of each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance  to  the total  of  all  Holders'  Book  Capital Account  balances.
     Reference herein to a specified  percentage of, or fraction  of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined  Book Capital Account balances  represent such
     specified  percentage or  fraction of  the  combined Book  Capital  Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested  Person" shall have  the meaning given it  in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser"  shall mean any party  furnishing services to
     the  Trust  pursuant  to  any  investment  advisory contract  described  in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests  Vote" shall mean  the vote, at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of (A)  67% or  more of the  Interests present  or represented  at
     such meeting, if Holders of  more than 50% of all Interests are  present or
     represented by proxy, or  (B) more than 50% of all Interests,  whichever is
     less.

              "Person"  shall   mean  and   include  individuals,  corporations,
     partnerships, trusts,  associations,  joint  ventures and  other  entities,
     whether or not legal entities,  and governments and agencies  and political

                                          2
<PAGE>






     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the  complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce  the Book Capital Account balance
     of that  Holder to  zero,  and the  term "redeem"  shall mean  to effect  a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each  signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such  signatory shall continue  in office in  accordance with the  terms
     hereof, and all other  individuals who  at the time  in question have  been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions  hereof and are then  in office, and reference  in this
     Declaration to  a Trustee or  Trustees shall  refer to  such individual  or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any  particular time any and all
     property, real or  personal, tangible or intangible, which  at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  as  amended  from  time  to time,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees

              2.1.    Number and  Qualification.  The  number of Trustees  shall
     be fixed from time to time by action  of the Trustees taken as provided  in
     Section  2.5 hereof;  provided,  however, that  the  number of  Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event  be less than three  or more than 15.  Any  vacancy
     created  by an  increase in  the number  of Trustees  may be filled  by the
     appointment of an  individual having the qualifications  described in  this
     Section 2.1  made by action  of the Trustees  taken as provided in  Section
     2.5 hereof.   Any  such appointment  shall not  become effective,  however,
     until the individual named in  the written instrument of  appointment shall
     have accepted  in  writing such  appointment and  agreed in  writing to  be
     bound by  the terms of  this Declaration.   No reduction  in the  number of
     Trustees  shall  have the  effect  of  removing  any  Trustee from  office.
     Whenever  a vacancy  occurs, until such  vacancy is  filled as  provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof,  the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number,  shall  have all  the  powers  granted to  the  Trustees and  shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees  by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be  an individual at least 21  years of age who is  not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee  named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior  to the first meeting  of Holders, shall (except  in the
     event  of resignations,  retirements,  removals  or vacancies  pursuant  to
     Section 2.3 or  Section 2.4 hereof) hold  office until a successor  to such
     Trustee  has been elected  at such  meeting and  has qualified to  serve as

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Trustee,  as required under  the 1940  Act.   Subject to the  provisions of
     Section  16(a) of  the  1940 Act  and  except as  provided  in Section  2.3
     hereof, each Trustee  shall hold office  during the lifetime  of the  Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation,  Removal  and Retirement.    Any  Trustee may
     resign his or her trust  (without need for prior or  subsequent accounting)
     by an  instrument in  writing executed  by such  Trustee  and delivered  or
     mailed to  the Chairman,  if any,  the President  or the  Secretary of  the
     Trust and such  resignation shall be effective upon  such delivery, or at a
     later date  according to the terms of  the instrument.  Any  Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative  vote of Holders of two-thirds  of the Interests
     or  (provided the  aggregate  number of  Trustees,  after such  removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to  fill the vacancy created by
     such  removal, shall not  be less than the  number required  by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of  the remaining Trustees.
     Removal  with cause  includes, but  is not  limited  to, the  removal of  a
     Trustee  due to physical  or mental  incapacity or  failure to  comply with
     such written  policies as  from time to  time may  be adopted  by at  least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the  conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance  at  meetings.    Any  Trustee  who  has  attained  a  mandatory
     retirement age, if  any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from   time  to  time  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  shall,
     automatically  and   without  action  by  such  Trustee  or  the  remaining
     Trustees, be deemed  to have retired in  accordance with the terms  of such
     policy,  effective  as of  the  date  determined  in  accordance with  such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become  incapacitated by illness or injury  as
     determined by a  majority of the other Trustees,  may be retired by written
     instrument executed by  a majority of  the other  Trustees, specifying  the
     date of such  Trustee's retirement.   Upon the  resignation, retirement  or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee,  such
     resigning, retired, removed  or former  Trustee shall  execute and  deliver
     such documents  as the remaining Trustees shall  require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust  or the remaining  Trustees any Trust Property  held
     in the name  of such resigning, retired,  removed or former Trustee.   Upon
     the death of any  Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve  as Trustee, the legal  representative of
     such deceased,  removed, retired  or resigning  Trustee  shall execute  and
     deliver on behalf of such  deceased, removed, retired or  resigning Trustee
     such documents  as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.    The  term  of  office  of  a  Trustee  shall
     terminate  and   a  vacancy  shall  occur  in   the  event  of  the  death,
     resignation, retirement,  adjudicated incompetence  or other incapacity  to
     perform  the  duties of  the office,  or removal,  of a  Trustee.   No such
     vacancy shall  operate to annul this Declaration or  to revoke any existing
     agency created  pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.   In the case of
     a  vacancy, Holders of  at least  a majority  of the Interests  entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held  in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or,  to the extent permitted  by the 1940  Act, a majority  vote of
     the  Trustees  continuing  in   office  acting  by  written  instrument  or

                                          4
<PAGE>






     instruments,  may fill  such vacancy,  and  any Trustee  so elected  by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.   Meetings  of the  Trustees shall  be held from
     time  to time upon  the call  of the Chairman,  if any,  the President, the
     Secretary,  an Assistant Secretary  or any  two Trustees, at  such time, on
     such  day and at  such place, as shall  be designated in the  notice of the
     meeting.   The Trustees shall  hold an annual  meeting for the election  of
     officers and the transaction  of other business which may come  before such
     meeting.   Regular meetings  of the  Trustees may  be held without  call or
     notice at a  time and place  fixed by the By-Laws  or by resolution of  the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be  given by mail, by telegram
     (which  term  shall  include  a  cablegram),  by  telecopier  or  delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).   If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding  the meeting and
     if  given by telegram, telecopier or  personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding  the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting  of Trustees may be waived before  or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the  purpose
     of, any  meeting of the Trustees need be stated in  the notice or waiver of
     notice of  such meeting.   The attendance of  a Trustee at a  meeting shall
     constitute a waiver  of notice of such  meeting except in the  situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the  express purpose of objecting, at
     the  commencement of such  meeting, to the  transaction of  any business on
     the ground  that the  meeting was  not lawfully  called or  convened.   The
     Trustees may act  with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by  written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the  Trustees shall  be a  majority of  the Trustees.   Unless  provided
     otherwise in this Declaration,  any action of the Trustees may be  taken at
     a meeting  by vote of a  majority of the  Trustees present (a  quorum being
     present) or  without a  meeting by  written consent  of a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

              Any committee  of the Trustees, including  an executive committee,
     if any, may act with  or without a meeting.   A quorum for all meetings  of
     any such committee  shall be  a majority of  the members  thereof.   Unless
     provided otherwise  in this Declaration,  any action of  any such committee
     may be taken at  a meeting by vote of a majority  of the members present (a
     quorum being  present)  or  without  a  meeting by  written  consent  of  a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to  actions of the Trustees and  any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who  are Interested Persons  of the  Trust or  otherwise
     interested in  any action to  be taken may  be counted for quorum  purposes
     under  this Section  2.5  and  shall be  entitled  to  vote to  the  extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or  any one or more  Trustees may participate in  a meeting of
     the  Trustees or any  committee thereof by means  of a conference telephone
     or  similar communications  equipment  by means  of  which all  individuals
     participating in the  meeting can hear  each other  and participation in  a
     meeting  by  means  of  such  communications   equipment  shall  constitute

                                          5
<PAGE>






     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers;  Chairman of  the Board.    The Trustees  shall,
     from time  to time, elect a  President, a Secretary  and a Treasurer.   The
     Trustees may  elect or appoint, from time to  time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all  meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the  Trustees may designate.   The Trustees may elect  or appoint
     or authorize  the  President to  appoint  such  other officers,  agents  or
     independent contractors  with such powers  as the Trustees  may deem to  be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer  may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may  adopt and, from time  to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees

              3.1.    General.  The  Trustees shall have exclusive  and absolute
     control over  the Trust Property and over the business  of the Trust to the
     same  extent as if the Trustees were  the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business  in their own right,  but with such powers  of delegation
     as may be permitted  by this  Declaration.  The  Trustees may perform  such
     acts  as in  their sole  discretion  they deem  proper  for conducting  the
     business  of the  Trust.   The  enumeration of  or  failure to  mention any
     specific power herein  shall not be  construed as  limiting such  exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the  Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry  on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for,  invest in, reinvest in,  purchase
     or  otherwise acquire,  hold,  pledge,  sell, assign,  transfer,  exchange,
     distribute or otherwise  deal in or dispose of  U.S. and foreign currencies
     and  related  instruments  including  forward  contracts,  and  securities,
     including common  and preferred  stock, warrants,  bonds, debentures,  time
     notes  and   all  other  evidences  of  indebtedness,  negotiable  or  non-
     negotiable   instruments,   obligations,   certificates   of   deposit   or
     indebtedness, commercial  paper, repurchase agreements, reverse  repurchase
     agreements, convertible  securities,  forward contracts,  options,  futures
     contracts,  and  other  securities,  including,  without  limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed  or sponsored by  any state, territory  or possession of
     the United  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia  and  their  political
     subdivisions, agencies  and instrumentalities, or  by the U.S.  Government,
     any  foreign  government,  or  any  agency,  instrumentality  or  political
     subdivision of  the  U.S. Government  or  any  foreign government,  or  any
     international  instrumentality,  or  by  any   bank,  savings  institution,

                                          6
<PAGE>






     corporation or  other  business entity  organized  under  the laws  of  the
     United  States or  under any  foreign laws;  and  to exercise  any and  all
     rights, powers and privileges  of ownership or interest  in respect of  any
     and all such   investments of any kind and description,  including, without
     limitation, the  right to consent  and otherwise act  with respect thereto,
     with power  to  designate one  or  more Persons  to  exercise any  of  such
     rights,  powers and privileges in  respect of any  of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be  deemed to have the foregoing powers with  respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees  shall  not be  limited to  investing in  obligations
     maturing before  the  possible termination  of  the  Trust, nor  shall  the
     Trustees be limited  by any law limiting the  investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title  to all Trust Property  shall be
     vested in  the Trustees  as joint  tenants except  that the  Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal  title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in  the name of one or more  of the Trustees, or  in the name of the Trust,
     or  in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The  right,  title  and  interest of  the  Trustees  in the  Trust
     Property  shall vest  automatically in  each  individual who  may hereafter
     become  a  Trustee  upon his  due  election and  qualification.    Upon the
     resignation, removal  or death  of a  Trustee, such  resigning, removed  or
     deceased Trustee  shall automatically  cease to  have any  right, title  or
     interest in any  Trust Property, and the right,  title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or  deceased Trustee in  the Trust  Property shall  vest
     automatically in the  remaining Trustees.   Such vesting  and cessation  of
     title shall  be effective whether  or not conveyancing  documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale  and Increases of Interests.   The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time  to time, without a vote of the  Holders, permit
     any  Institutional  Investor  to  purchase  an Interest,  or  increase  its
     Interest, for  such type of  consideration, including cash  or property, at
     such time or  times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such  terms  as the  Trustees  may deem  best, and  may  in such  manner
     acquire other assets (including the  acquisition of assets subject  to, and
     in  connection  with  the  assumption  of,   liabilities)  and  businesses.
     Individuals,  S corporations,  partnerships  and  grantor trusts  that  are
     beneficially owned by  any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.   A Holder which has  redeemed its Interest may  not be
     permitted  to purchase  an Interest  until  the later  of 60  calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal  Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases  and  Redemptions  of  Interests.    Subject  to
     Article VII hereof,  the Trustees, in  their discretion, may, from  time to
     time,  without a  vote  of  the Holders,  permit  a  Holder to  redeem  its
     Interest, or decrease  its Interest, for either  cash or property,  at such

                                          7
<PAGE>






     time or  times (including, without  limitation, each business  day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow  Money.   The Trustees  shall have  power to borrow
     money or  otherwise obtain  credit and  to secure  the same by  mortgaging,
     pledging  or otherwise  subjecting  as security  the  assets of  the Trust,
     including  the lending of portfolio securities,  and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of  any obligation, contract or  engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation;  Committees.  The  Trustees shall  have power,
     consistent with  their continuing exclusive  and absolute control over  the
     Trust Property and  over the business of  the Trust, to delegate  from time
     to  time to  such of  their number  or  to officers,  employees, agents  or
     independent  contractors of  the Trust  the doing  of such  things and  the
     execution of such  instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection  and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all  property due to  the Trust; and  to pay all claims,  including
     taxes,  against the  Trust Property;  to prosecute,  defend, compromise  or
     abandon  any  claims  relating  to  the Trust  or  the  Trust  Property; to
     foreclose  any security  interest  securing any  obligation,  by virtue  of
     which  any property  is  owed to  the Trust;  and  to enter  into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The  Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses  which  in  the  opinion  of the  Trustees  are  necessary  or
     incidental to  carry out any  of the purposes  of this Declaration, and  to
     pay  reasonable  compensation from  the  Trust  Property to  themselves  as
     Trustees.    The Trustees  shall  fix  the  compensation  of all  officers,
     employees and Trustees.   The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special  services, including legal  and brokerage services,  as they in
     good  faith may deem reasonable, and  reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.   The Trustees shall have  power to:
     (a) employ  or  contract  with  such  Persons  as  the  Trustees  may  deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and  terminate
     such employees or  contractual relationships as they  consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures,  partnerships and any other  combinations or
     associations; (c)  purchase, and pay  for out of  Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring  the Investment Adviser, Administrator,  placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees,  officers, employees, agents  or independent contractors
     of the  Trust against  all claims  arising by  reason of  holding any  such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such  Person in
     such capacity, whether or  not the Trust would have the power  to indemnify
     such Person against  such liability; (d) establish  pension, profit-sharing
     and  other  retirement,  incentive  and benefit  plans  for  the  Trustees,
     officers,  employees  or   agents  of   the  Trust;  (e)   make  donations,
     irrespective  of   benefit  to  the   Trust,  for  charitable,   religious,
     educational,  scientific,  civic or  similar  purposes; (f)  to  the extent

                                          8
<PAGE>






     permitted by law, indemnify  any Person with  whom the Trust has  dealings,
     including  the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers,  employees, agents  or independent  contractors of  the
     Trust, to  such  extent as  the  Trustees  shall determine;  (g)  guarantee
     indebtedness  or  contractual  obligations of  others;  (h)  determine  and
     change the Fiscal  Year and the method by  which the accounts of  the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust,  but the absence of such
     a seal shall not  impair the validity of any instrument executed  on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.   The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the  Trust and carry  on its operations  in any and all  of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether  within or without the State  of
     New  York, in any  and all states of  the United States of  America, in the
     District  of  Columbia, and  in  any  and  all commonwealths,  territories,
     dependencies, colonies,  possessions, agencies or  instrumentalities of the
     United States  of America and  of foreign governments,  and to do all  such
     other  things and  execute  all such  instruments  as they  deem necessary,
     proper,  appropriate or desirable in order to  promote the interests of the
     Trust  although such  things  are not  herein  specifically mentioned.  Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust  which is made by
     the  Trustees  in  good  faith  shall be  conclusive.    In  construing the
     provisions of this  Declaration, the  presumption shall  be in  favor of  a
     grant of  power to the  Trustees.  The  Trustees shall  not be required  to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements

              4.1.    Investment    Advisory,    Administration     and    Other
     Arrangements.   The Trustees may  in their  discretion, from time  to time,
     enter  into  investment  advisory  contracts, administration  contracts  or
     placement agent  agreements whereby  the other  party to  such contract  or
     agreement  shall  undertake   to  furnish  the  Trustees   such  investment
     advisory,  administration, placement  agent and/or  other  services as  the
     Trustees shall,  from time to  time, consider appropriate  or desirable and
     all upon  such terms  and  conditions as  the Trustees  may in  their  sole
     discretion determine.   Notwithstanding any provision of  this Declaration,
     the Trustees may  authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt)  to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on  behalf of
     the Trustees or may  authorize any officer,  employee or Trustee to  effect
     such purchases, sales, loans  or exchanges  pursuant to recommendations  of
     any such  Investment  Adviser  (all  without  any  further  action  by  the
     Trustees).  Any  such purchase, sale, loan  or exchange shall be  deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    Parties  to  Contract.   Any  contract  of  the  character
     described in Section  4.1 hereof  or in  the By-Laws  of the  Trust may  be

                                          9
<PAGE>






     entered  into with any  corporation, firm,  trust or  association, although
     one or  more of the Trustees  or officers of  the Trust may  be an officer,
     director,  Trustee,  shareholder or  member  of  such  other  party to  the
     contract, and  no such contract  shall be invalidated  or rendered voidable
     by  reason  of  the  existence of  any  such  relationship,  nor shall  any
     individual holding such  relationship be liable  merely by  reason of  such
     relationship for any  loss or expense to  the Trust under  or by reason  of
     any such  contract  or accountable  for  any  profit realized  directly  or
     indirectly therefrom,  provided  that the  contract when  entered into  was
     reasonable and  fair  and not  inconsistent  with  the provisions  of  this
     Article IV or  the By-Laws of the Trust.   The same Person may be the other
     party to one or  more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or  the  By-Laws  of the  Trust,  and  any  individual  may be  financially
     interested or  otherwise affiliated with Persons who are  parties to any or
     all  of the contracts  mentioned in this Section  4.2 or in  the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.   Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally  liable (with rights of  contribution inter se  in
     proportion to their  respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and  obligations of the Trust in the event  that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations;  provided, however,  that, to the  extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust  shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless  from and  against any  claim or  liability  to which  such
     Holder may become  subject by reason  of being or having  been a Holder  to
     the  extent  that  such  claim  or  liability  imposes  on  the  Holder  an
     obligation  or  liability  which,  when  compared  to  the  obligations and
     liabilities  imposed on  other  Holders,  is  greater  than  such  Holder's
     Interest (proportionate  share), and  shall reimburse  such Holder for  all
     legal and other expenses reasonably  incurred by such Holder  in connection
     with any  such claim or liability.   The rights accruing to  a Holder under
     this Section  5.1 shall not  exclude any other  right to which such  Holder
     may be lawfully  entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the  Trust to indemnify or  reimburse a Holder in  any appropriate
     situation even  though not specifically  provided herein.   Notwithstanding
     the indemnification  procedure described above,  it is  intended that  each
     Holder shall remain jointly and  severally liable to the  Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.   Limitations of Liability of  Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents,  Independent Contractors  to Third Parties.   No  Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent  contractor (except in the case of  an agent
     or  independent  contractor to  the  extent expressly  provided  by written
     contract)  of  the  Trust  shall  be  subject  to  any  personal  liability
     whatsoever  to  any  Person,  other  than  the  Trust  or  the  Holders, in
     connection with Trust  Property or the affairs  of the Trust; and  all such

                                          10
<PAGE>






     Persons  shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any  nature against a  Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent
     contractor (except in  the case of  an agent or  independent contractor  to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract)  of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations   of   Liability   of   Trustees,    Officers,
     Employees,  Agents, Independent  Contractors to  Trust, Holders,  etc.   No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except  in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided by written contract)  of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the  Holders  for   any  action  or  failure  to  act  (including,  without
     limitation, the failure  to compel in any way  any former or acting Trustee
     to redress  any breach of  trust) except for  such Person's own bad  faith,
     willful  misfeasance,  gross  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of  such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.   The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest  extent  permitted  by  law  (including  the  1940  Act),  each
     Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided by  written  contract) of  the  Trust  (including any  Person  who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director,  officer or trustee of another
     organization in  which  the  Trust  has  any  interest  as  a  shareholder,
     creditor  or otherwise)  against all  liabilities  and expenses  (including
     amounts paid  in satisfaction  of judgments,  in compromise,  as fines  and
     penalties,  and as  counsel  fees) reasonably  incurred  by such  Person in
     connection  with the defense  or disposition  of any action,  suit or other
     proceeding, whether  civil  or  criminal,  in  which  such  Person  may  be
     involved or with  which such Person may  be threatened, while in  office or
     thereafter, by reason  of such Person being or  having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect  to
     any matter as  to which  such Person shall  have been  adjudicated to  have
     acted  in  bad faith,  willful  misfeasance, gross  negligence  or reckless
     disregard of  such  Person's duties;  provided,  however,  that as  to  any
     matter disposed of  by a compromise payment  by such Person, pursuant  to a
     consent decree or  otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for  any  other  expenses  shall  be  provided  unless  there  has  been  a
     determination that such Person did  not engage in willful  misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard  of the  duties involved  in
     the conduct of  such Person's office by  the court or other  body approving
     the settlement  or  other disposition  or  by a  reasonable  determination,
     based upon  a review  of  readily available  facts (as  opposed to  a  full
     trial-type inquiry), that  such Person  did not engage  in such conduct  by
     written opinion  from independent  legal counsel approved  by the Trustees.
     The rights accruing  to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right  to which such  Person may be  lawfully entitled;  provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right  of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in  this Section 5.4 or  in Section 5.2 hereof or  to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except  out of the Trust Property.  The  Trustees may
     make  advance  payments  in  connection  with  indemnification  under  this
     Section 5.4,  provided  that the  indemnified  Person  shall have  given  a

                                          11
<PAGE>






     written  undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required  of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be  obligated  to give  any  bond  or  surety  or other  security  for  the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No  Duty of  Investigation; Notice  in Trust  Instruments,
     etc.   No  purchaser, lender  or  other Person  dealing  with any  Trustee,
     officer, employee,  agent or independent  contractor of the  Trust shall be
     bound to  make  any inquiry  concerning  the  validity of  any  transaction
     purporting to  be  made  by  such  Trustee,  officer,  employee,  agent  or
     independent  contractor  or be  liable  for  the  application  of money  or
     property paid,  loaned or  delivered to or  on the  order of such  Trustee,
     officer,  employee, agent  or independent  contractor.   Every  obligation,
     contract,  instrument, certificate or other interest  or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection  with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by  the
     executors  thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent  contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate  or other interest or undertaking  of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent  or independent
     contractor of the  Trust, in such  capacity, shall  contain an  appropriate
     recital  to  the effect  that  the  Trustee,  officer,  employee, agent  or
     independent contractor of  the Trust shall  not personally be  bound by  or
     liable thereunder,  nor shall resort be  had to their private  property for
     the satisfaction  of any  obligation or  claim thereunder,  and appropriate
     references shall be  made therein to  the Declaration, and may  contain any
     further recital which they may  deem appropriate, but the omission  of such
     recital shall  not operate  to impose  personal liability  on any  Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent  contractor of the Trust.   Subject
     to the  provisions of the  1940 Act, the  Trust may maintain insurance  for
     the protection  of  the Trust  Property,  the  Holders, and  the  Trustees,
     officers, employees,  agents and independent  contractors  of  the Trust in
     such amount  as the Trustees  shall deem  adequate to  cover possible  tort
     liability, and such other insurance  as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance  on  Experts,   etc.    Each   Trustee,  officer,
     employee, agent  or  independent contractor  of  the  Trust shall,  in  the
     performance of such  Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with  regard to  any act  or any  failure to  act resulting  from
     reliance in good  faith upon the books  of account or other records  of the
     Trust (whether  or not  the Trust would  have the  power to indemnify  such
     Persons against  such  liability), upon  an  opinion  of counsel,  or  upon
     reports made to  the Trust by  any of its officers  or employees or by  any
     Investment  Adviser  or  Administrator,  accountant,  appraiser   or  other
     experts  or consultants  selected  with reasonable  care  by the  Trustees,
     officers  or employees of the Trust,  regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.



                                          12
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in  the Trust Property
     shall  consist  of non-transferable  Interests.    The  Interests shall  be
     personal  property giving only the rights  in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.   The value  of an Interest  shall be equal to  the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A  Holder may not transfer,  sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of  Interests.  A  register shall be  kept at the
     Trust under  the direction of  the Trustees which  shall contain the  name,
     address and  Book Capital  Account balance of  each Holder.   Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the  Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound  to recognize any equitable  or legal claim to  or interest in
     an Interest which  is not contained in such  register.  No Holder  shall be
     entitled to receive payment  of any distribution, nor to have  notice given
     to it as herein provided,  until it has given  its address to such  officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests

              Subject to applicable  law, to the provisions of  this Declaration
     and  to such  restrictions as  may  from time  to time  be  adopted by  the
     Trustees, each Holder  shall have the right  to vary its investment  in the
     Trust  at any  time  without limitation  by  increasing (through  a capital
     contribution)  or  decreasing  (through  a  capital  withdrawal)  or  by  a
     Redemption of its Interest.   An increase in the investment  of a Holder in
     the Trust  shall be reflected  as an increase  in the Book Capital  Account
     balance  of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the  Interest of a Holder shall be  reflected as
     a decrease in the  Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.   The Trust
     shall,  upon appropriate  and  adequate notice  from  any Holder  increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's  Interest for an amount determined  by the
     application  of a  formula adopted for  such purpose  by resolution  of the
     Trustees; provided  that (a)  the amount  received by the  Holder upon  any
     such decrease or Redemption shall  not exceed the decrease in the  Holder's
     Book Capital Account  balance effected by  such decrease  or Redemption  of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by  the Trustees, the Trust may,  at
     any  time and  from  time  to time,  charge  fees  for effecting  any  such
     decrease or Redemption, at  such rates as the  Trustees may establish,  and
     may, at  any time and from time to time, suspend  such right of decrease or
     Redemption.   The  procedures for effecting  decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.



                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions


              8.1.    Book Capital Account  Balances.  The Book  Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall  be determined on such  days and at such  time
     or  times  as  the  Trustees may  determine.    The  Trustees  shall  adopt
     resolutions  setting forth  the  method  of  determining the  Book  Capital
     Account balance of  each Holder.  The  power and duty to  make calculations
     pursuant to  such  resolutions may  be  delegated by  the Trustees  to  the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian,  or such other Person as  the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of  an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be  entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.   A Holder  may not  transfer, sell  or exchange its  Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations  and Distributions  to Holders.   The Trustees
     shall, in  compliance with the  Code, the 1940  Act and generally  accepted
     accounting principles,  establish the procedures  by which the Trust  shall
     make (i) the allocation  of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax  loss, and  profit  and loss,  or any  item or  items thereof,  to each
     Holder,  (ii) the  payment  of  distributions,  if  any,  to  Holders,  and
     (iii) upon  liquidation, the final distribution of  items of taxable income
     and  expense.   Such  procedures  shall be  set  forth  in writing  and  be
     furnished   to  the  Trust's  accountants.   The  Trustees  may  amend  the
     procedures adopted pursuant to  this Section  8.2 from time  to time.   The
     Trustees may  retain from  the net  profits such  amount as  they may  deem
     necessary  to  pay the  liabilities  and expenses  of  the  Trust, to  meet
     obligations  of the Trust,  and as  they may deem  desirable to  use in the
     conduct of the  affairs of the Trust  or to retain for  future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power  to Modify  Foregoing  Procedures.   Notwithstanding
     any of  the foregoing  provisions of  this Article VIII,  the Trustees  may
     prescribe, in their  absolute discretion, such  other bases  and times  for
     determining the net  income of the Trust,  the allocation of income  of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of  each Holder, or the payment  of
     distributions to the  Holders as they  may deem  necessary or desirable  to
     enable the Trust to comply with any  provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders

              9.1.    Rights  of Holders.   The ownership  of the Trust Property
     and  the  right  to  conduct  any  business  described  herein  are  vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders  shall have no right or  title
     therein other  than the  beneficial interest conferred  by their  Interests

                                          14
<PAGE>






     and  they shall  have  no power  or  right to  call  for  any partition  or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings  of Holders.   Meetings of  Holders may be called
     at any  time by  a majority  of the  Trustees and  shall be  called by  any
     Trustee upon  written request  of Holders  holding, in  the aggregate,  not
     less  than 10% of  the Interests,  such request  specifying the  purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting  is to be called.   Any such meeting  shall
     be held within or without the State of  New York and within or without  the
     United  States of  America on  such day  and at  such time  as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present  in person
     or  by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction of  any
     business,  except  as may  otherwise  be required  by  the 1940  Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the  By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is  present at a  meeting, an affirmative vote  of the  Holders present, in
     person or by  proxy, holding more  than 50% of  the total Interests of  the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting  constitutes
     the action of the  Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by  the 1940 Act,  other applicable law,  this Declaration  or the
     By-Laws  of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting  of  Holders   by  means  of  a  conference  telephone  or  similar
     communications  equipment by  means of  which all  persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by  means of
     such communications equipment shall  constitute presence in person  at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of  Meetings.   Notice of each  meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be  given by the
     Trustees by  mail to  each Holder,  at  its registered  address, mailed  at
     least 10 days and not more  than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after  such
     meeting.   The  attendance of  a Holder  at  a meeting  shall constitute  a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation  in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for  the express purpose of objecting  to the transaction
     of any  business on the ground that the meeting  was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any  meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered  whether  or not  stated  in the  notice  of the  meeting.   Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date  for Meetings,  Distributions, etc.   For  the
     purpose of  determining the Holders  who are entitled  to notice of and  to
     vote  or act  at any  meeting,  including any  adjournment  thereof, or  to
     participate in any  distribution, or for the  purpose of any other  action,
     the  Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date  of any meeting of Holders  or the payment of  any distribution
     or the taking  of any other action,  as the case may  be, as a record  date
     for the  determination of  the Persons to  be treated  as Holders for  such
     purpose.   If the Trustees do not, prior to any  meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of  the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    Proxies,  etc.   At  any  meeting of  Holders,  any Holder

                                          15
<PAGE>






     entitled to vote  thereat may vote by  proxy, provided that no  proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall  have been placed on file with  the
     Secretary,  or with  such  other  officer or  agent  of  the Trust  as  the
     Secretary may  direct, for  verification prior  to the time  at which  such
     vote  is to  be taken.   A proxy  may be  revoked by  a Holder  at any time
     before it has  been exercised  by placing on  file with  the Secretary,  or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as  the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy  or written revocation.  Pursuant to  a resolution of a
     majority of  the Trustees,  proxies may  be solicited  in the  name of  the
     Trust or of one or more  Trustees or of one or more officers of  the Trust.
     Only  Holders on  the record date  shall be  entitled to  vote.   Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to  its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly  by several Persons, any  one of them may  vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such  Interest, but if more
     than one of  them is present  at such  meeting in person  or by proxy,  and
     such  joint owners or their proxies  so present disagree as  to any vote to
     be cast, such  vote shall not be received  in respect of such Interest.   A
     proxy purporting  to be  executed  by or  on behalf  of a  Holder shall  be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the  burden
     of proving  invalidity shall  rest on the  challenger.   No proxy shall  be
     valid after  one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in  such proxy.   The Trust  may also permit  a Holder  to
     authorize and  empower individuals named  as proxies  on any form  of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that  Holder's Interest on any matter  by
     recording his voting  instructions on any recording  device maintained  for
     that purpose by the  Trust or its agent, provided the Holder  complies with
     such  procedures  as   the  Trustees  may  designate  to  be  necessary  or
     appropriate  to determine the  authenticity of  the voting  instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be  deemed to constitute a  written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the  Trust and shall be deemed to  be
     dated as  of the date  such instructions were  transmitted, and the  Holder
     shall be  deemed to have  approved and ratified  all actions taken by  such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.   The  Trustees shall  cause to  be prepared  and
     furnished to  each Holder, at least  annually as of the  end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement  of
     income  of  the  Trust  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
     accounting principles  and an opinion  of an independent public  accountant
     on such  financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each  Holder   at  least  semi-annually   interim  reports  of   operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet  as of the end of such  period and an
     unaudited  statement of  income for  the period  from the beginning  of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection  of  Records.   The  books and  records  of the
     Trust shall  be open to inspection by Holders  during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by  Written Consent.   Any action  which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a  meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50%  of all  Interests entitled  to vote  (or  such larger  proportion

                                          16
<PAGE>






     thereof  as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the  action in writing and  the written consents are  filed with
     the  records of the  meetings of Holders.   Such consents  shall be treated
     for all  purposes as  a vote  taken at  a meeting  of Holders.   Each  such
     written consent shall be executed by or on  behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and  shall bear the date of  such execution.  No  such written
     consent shall be effective to  take the action referred to  therein unless,
     within one  year of the  earliest dated consent,  written consents executed
     by  a sufficient number of  Holders to take such action  are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.   Any and all  communications, including any  and
     all notices  to which  any Holder  may be  entitled, shall  be deemed  duly
     served or given  if mailed, postage prepaid,  addressed to a Holder  at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.

              10.1.   Duration.   Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with  the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created  hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after  the death of the  last survivor of the  initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

                                                            Date of
     Name                          Address                  Birth 
     ____                          _______                  _______

     Cassius Marcellus Cornelius   742 Old Dublin Road      November 9, 1990
      Clay                         Hancock, NH  03449

     Sara Briggs Sullivan          1308 Rhodes Street       September 17, 1990
     Dubois, WY  82513

     Myles Bailey Rawson           Winhall Hollow Road      May 13, 1990
                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

     Zeben Curtis Kopchak          Box 1126                 October 31, 1989
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Landon Harris Clay            742 Old Dublin Road      February 15, 1989
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Kelsey Ann Sullivan           1308 Rhodes Street       May 1, 1988
                                   Dubois, WY  82513

     Carter Allen Rawson           Winhall Hollow Road      January 28, 1988

                                          17
<PAGE>






                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

     Obadiah Barclay Kopchak       Box 1126                 August 29, 1987
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Richard Tubman Clay           742 Old Dublin Road      April 12, 1987
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Thomas Moragne Clay           742 Old Dublin Road      April 11, 1985
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Zachariah Bishop Kopchak      Box 1126                 January 11, 1985
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Sager Anna Kopchak            Box 1126                 May 22, 1983
                                   Cordova, AK  99574


         10.2.   Termination.

                 (a)      The  Trust may  be terminated  (i) by  the affirmative
     vote  of Holders  of  not less  than  two-thirds of  all  Interests at  any
     meeting  of  Holders or  by  an instrument  in  writing without  a meeting,
     executed by a majority  of the Trustees and consented to by  Holders of not
     less than two-thirds of  all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees  by written
     notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                 (i)  the  Trust  shall carry  on  no  business  except for  the
         purpose of winding up its affairs;

                 (ii) the Trustees  shall proceed to wind up the  affairs of
         the  Trust  and  all  of  the  powers  of  the Trustees  under  this
         Declaration shall  continue until the affairs of the Trust have been
         wound up,  including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts
         of  the  Trust,  collect the  assets  of  the  Trust, sell,  convey,
         assign, exchange  or otherwise  dispose of  all or  any part  of the
         Trust Property to one or more  Persons at public or private sale for
         consideration  which  may  consist in  whole  or  in  part of  cash,
         securities  or  other property  of any  kind,  discharge or  pay the
         liabilities  of  the Trust,  and do  all  other acts  appropriate to
         liquidate the  business  of  the  Trust;  provided  that  any  sale,
         conveyance,  assignment, exchange  or other  disposition  of all  or
         substantially all the  Trust Property shall require  approval of the
         principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of  the
         consideration by  the vote of Holders  holding more than  50% of all
         Interests; and

                 (iii) after paying  or adequately providing for the  payment
         of  all liabilities, and upon receipt  of such releases, indemnities
         and  refunding   agreements  as  they   deem  necessary   for  their
         protection,  the  Trustees  shall  distribute  the  remaining  Trust

                                          18
<PAGE>






         Property,  in cash  or in  kind  or partly  each, among  the Holders
         according to  their respective rights as set forth in the procedures
         established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                 (b)      Upon termination of  the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein  provided, a majority  of the Trustees shall  execute and
     file with the  records of the Trust an  instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact  of such termination  and distribution.   Upon termination  of the
     Trust,  the  Trustees  shall  thereupon  be  discharged  from  all  further
     liabilities  and duties  hereunder,  and the  rights  and interests  of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

         10.3.   Dissolution.   Upon the bankruptcy  of any Holder,  or upon the
     Redemption of  any Interest,  the Trust  shall be  dissolved effective  120
     days after the  event.  However, the  Holders (other than such  bankrupt or
     redeeming  Holder) may, by  a unanimous affirmative vote  at any meeting of
     such Holders or by  an instrument in writing without a meeting  executed by
     a majority  of the Trustees and consented to  by all such Holders, agree to
     continue  the  business  of  the  Trust  even  if  there has  been  such  a
     dissolution.

         10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                 (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders
     of more  than 50%  of all  Interests at  any meeting  of Holders  or by  an
     instrument in  writing without  a meeting,  executed by a  majority of  the
     Trustees and  consented  to  by  the  Holders  of  more  than  50%  of  all
     Interests.   Notwithstanding any other  provision hereof, this  Declaration
     may  be amended by an instrument  in writing executed by  a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the  vote or consent of Holders, for any  one or more
     of the following  purposes:  (i) to change  the name of the  Trust, (ii) to
     supply  any omission,  or  to cure,  correct  or supplement  any ambiguous,
     defective   or  inconsistent   provision  hereof,   (iii) to  conform  this
     Declaration to the  requirements of applicable federal  law or  regulations
     or  the requirements  of  the applicable  provisions  of the  Code, (iv) to
     change the state or  other jurisdiction designated herein  as the state  or
     other jurisdiction  whose law  shall be  the governing  law hereof,  (v) to
     effect  such  changes  herein  as the  Trustees  find  to  be necessary  or
     appropriate (A) to permit  the filing of this Declaration  under the law of
     such  state  or  other  jurisdiction  applicable  to  trusts  or  voluntary
     associations,  (B) to permit  the  Trust  to  elect  to  be  treated  as  a
     "regulated  investment company"  under  the  applicable provisions  of  the
     Code,  or  (C) to  permit the  transfer  of  Interests  (or to  permit  the
     transfer of  any  other  beneficial interest  in  or  share of  the  Trust,
     however denominated),  (vi) in conjunction with any  amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing  clause (iv) or the foregoing  clause (v) to make  any and
     all such  further  changes or  modifications  to  this Declaration  as  the
     Trustees find to be  necessary or appropriate, any finding of  the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi)  to be
     conclusively evidenced  by  the  execution  of  any  such  amendment  by  a
     majority  of  the  Trustees,  and  (vii)  change,  modify  or  rescind  any
     provision  of  this  Declaration  provided  such  change,  modification  or

                                          19
<PAGE>






     rescission is found  by the Trustees to be  necessary or appropriate and to
     not have  a materially adverse  effect on  the financial  interests of  the
     Holders, any such finding to  be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by  a majority of the Trustees; provided,  however, that
     unless effected  in  compliance  with  the provisions  of  Section  10.4(b)
     hereof, no  amendment otherwise  authorized by  this sentence  may be  made
     which would reduce  the amount payable  with respect  to any Interest  upon
     liquidation of  the Trust and;  provided, further, that  the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make  any amendment permitted by this  Section
     10.4(a).

                 (b)      No amendment may be  made under Section 10.4(a) hereof
     which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing  the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation  of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                 (c)      A  certification  in  recordable  form  executed by  a
     majority  of the Trustees setting  forth an amendment  and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders  or by the Trustees as aforesaid  or a copy
     of  the Declaration,  as amended,  in recordable  form, and  executed by  a
     majority of  the Trustees, shall  be conclusive evidence  of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding  any  other   provision  hereof,  until  such  time  as
     Interests are first sold, this  Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the  affirmative vote of a  majority of the Trustees  at any
     meeting of  Trustees or  by an  instrument executed  by a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

         10.5.   Merger, Consolidation  and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may merge
     or  consolidate  with any  other corporation,  association, trust  or other
     organization  or may  sell, lease or  exchange all or  substantially all of
     the Trust Property,  including good will,  upon such  terms and  conditions
     and  for  such consideration  when  and  as authorized  at  any  meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority  Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation,  sale, lease  or exchange  shall be  deemed for  all
     purposes to  have been accomplished under  and pursuant to the  statutes of
     the State of New York.

         10.6.   Incorporation.   Upon a Majority  Interests Vote,  the Trustees
     may  cause  to  be  organized or  assist  in  organizing  a  corporation or
     corporations under the  law of any  jurisdiction or  a trust,  partnership,
     association  or other  organization to take  over the Trust  Property or to
     carry on  any business in  which the Trust  directly or indirectly has  any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer  the Trust Property to any  such
     corporation,  trust,  partnership,  association  or  other  organization in
     exchange for  the equity interests thereof or otherwise,  and to lend money
     to, subscribe  for the  equity interests  of, and enter  into any  contract
     with  any  such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,  association  or  other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership,  association or other
     organization in  which  the Trust  holds  or  is about  to  acquire  equity
     interests.   The Trustees may also cause  a merger or consolidation between

                                          20
<PAGE>






     the  Trust  or any  successor  thereto  and  any  such corporation,  trust,
     partnership, association  or  other  organization  if  and  to  the  extent
     permitted  by  law.    Nothing  contained  herein  shall  be  construed  as
     requiring approval  of the Holders for  the Trustees to organize  or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations,  trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations  and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous

         11.1.   Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service  of Process.  The
     Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State  of New York, a
     certificate,  in the name  of the Trust and  executed by an  officer of the
     Trust,  designating the Secretary of State  of the State of  New York as an
     agent upon whom process  in any action or proceeding against the  Trust may
     be served.

         11.2.   Governing Law.   This Declaration  is executed by  the Trustees
     and delivered  in the  State of  New  York and  with reference  to the  law
     thereof, and  the rights of  all parties and the  validity and construction
     of every provision hereof  shall be subject to and  construed in accordance
     with the law of the State  of New York and reference shall  be specifically
     made to the trust  law of the State of New  York as to the construction  of
     matters  not  specifically covered  herein  or  as  to  which an  ambiguity
     exists.

         11.3.   Counterparts.  This Declaration  may be simultaneously executed
     in several counterparts, each of which shall  be deemed to be an  original,
     and  such  counterparts,  together,  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
     instrument, which shall  be sufficiently evidenced by any one such original
     counterpart.

         11.4.   Reliance  by Third  Parties.   Any certificate  executed by  an
     individual who, according to the records of  the Trust or of any  recording
     office in which  this Declaration may be recorded,  appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying  to:   (a) the  number  or  identity of  Trustees  or
     Holders, (b) the  due authorization of  the execution of  any instrument or
     writing, (c) the  form of  any  vote passed  at a  meeting of  Trustees  or
     Holders, (d) the  fact that the  number of Trustees  or Holders  present at
     any meeting  or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of  this  Declaration,  (e) the form  of  any  By-Laws  adopted by  or  the
     identity of  any officer elected  by the Trustees, or  (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts  which in any manner relate to the affairs  of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence  as to  the matters so  certified in favor  of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

         11.5.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                 (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are  severable, and
     if the Trustees  shall determine, with the  advice of counsel, that  any of

                                          21
<PAGE>






     such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other  applicable
     law and regulations,  the conflicting provision  shall be  deemed never  to
     have constituted a part of  this Declaration; provided, however,  that such
     determination shall  not affect  any of  the remaining  provisions of  this
     Declaration  or render  invalid  or improper  any  action taken  or omitted
     prior to such determination.

                 (b)      If  any provision  of this  Declaration shall  be held
     invalid  or   unenforceable  in  any   jurisdiction,  such  invalidity   or
     unenforceability shall attach  only to such provision  in such jurisdiction
     and  shall   not  in  any  manner  affect   such  provision  in  any  other
     jurisdiction  or   any  other   provision  of   this  Declaration  in   any
     jurisdiction.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed  this instrument  as
     of the day and year first above written.

                                    /s/James G. Baur
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                    not individually

                                    /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                    not individually

                                    /s/James B. Hawkes
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                     not individually






















                                          22
<PAGE>




                            NEW YORK MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                    (formerly called New York Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 8, 1995



              AMENDMENT, made December 8, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust  made
     May 1,  1992 (hereinafter called  the "Declaration")  of New York  Tax Free
     Portfolio,  a  New York  trust  (hereinafter  called  the  "Trust") by  the
     undersigned, being  at least  a majority of  the Trustees  of the Trust  in
     office on December 8, 1995.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4  of Article X of the Declaration  empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without  the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW,  THEREFORE, the  undersigned  Trustees, do  hereby  amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1.      The caption  at  the head  of  the Declaration  is  hereby
     amended to read as follows:

                            NEW YORK MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2.      Section  1.1 of  Article I  of  the Declaration  is hereby
     amended to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


                      1.1. Name.   The  name of  the trust  created hereby  (the
     "Trust")  shall be  New York  Municipals Portfolio  and  so far  as may  be
     practicable the  Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and  sue or be  sued under  that name, which  name (and the  word
     "Trust"  wherever  hereinafter  used)  shall  refer   to  the  Trustees  as
     Trustees, and  not  individually, and  shall  not  refer to  the  officers,
     employees, agents or  independent contractors of  the Trust  or holders  of
     interests in the Trust.
<PAGE>






              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the  undersigned Trustees have  executed this
     instrument this 8th day of December, 1995.




     /s/  Donald R. Dwight                  /s/  Norton H. Reamer
     ----------------------------           ----------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                       Norton H. Reamer


     /s/  James B. Hawkes                   /s/  John L. Thorndike
     ----------------------------           ----------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                        John L. Thorndike


     /s/  Samuel L. Hayes, III              /s/ Jack L. Treynor
     ----------------------------           ----------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                   Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>
























                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ---------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President  2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                       Like    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                         


                      These By-Laws  are made  and adopted  pursuant to  Section
     2.7 of the  Declaration of Trust establishing  NEW YORK TAX FREE  PORTFOLIO
     (the "Trust"),  dated as of May 1, 1992,  as from time to time amended (the
     "Declaration").  All  words and terms  capitalized in  these By-Laws  shall
     have the meaning  or meanings  set forth  for such  words or  terms in  the
     Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders

                      Section  1.1.  Records  at   Holder  Meetings.    At  each
     meeting of the  Holders there shall be  open for inspection the  minutes of
     the  last previous  meeting  of Holders  of the  Trust  and a  list  of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the  Secretary or
     other proper  agent of the  Trust, as of  the record  date of the  meeting.
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in  alphabetical
     order and  the address  and Interest owned  by such  Holder on such  record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of  Election.  In advance  of any
     meeting of the Holders,  the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the  meeting or any adjournment thereof.   If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if  any, of any meeting of the  Holders
     may,  and  on  the  request of  any  Holder  or  his  proxy shall,  appoint
     Inspectors of Election.   The  number of  Inspectors of  Election shall  be
     either  one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or  proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors  of Election  are to be  appointed, but failure  to
     allow  such determination by  the Holders shall not  affect the validity of
     the appointment  of  Inspectors  of  Election.    In  case  any  individual
     appointed as an  Inspector of Election fails to  appear or fails or refuses
     to  so act, the vacancy  may be filled by  appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance  of the  convening  of the  meeting  or at  the meeting  by  the
     individual acting as chairman of  the meeting.  The Inspectors of  Election
     shall  determine  the   Interest  owned  by  each  Holder,   the  Interests
     represented at  the meeting, the  existence of a  quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies,  shall receive votes, ballots  or consents,
     shall hear and determine  all challenges and questions  in any way  arising
     in connection with  the right to vote,  shall count and tabulate  all votes
     or consents, shall  determine the results, and shall  do such other acts as
     may  be proper  to  conduct  the election  or  vote  with fairness  to  all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors  of Election, the decision, act  or
     certificate of  a majority is  effective in all  respects as  the decision,
     act  or certificate of  all.   On request of  the chairman, if  any, of the
     meeting, or of  any Holder or its  proxy, the Inspectors of  Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter  determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers  of the
     Trust  shall consist of  a Chairman,  if any,  a President, a  Secretary, a
     Treasurer  and such  other officers or  assistant officers,  including Vice
     Presidents, as  may be elected  by the Trustees.   Any  two or more  of the
     offices may be  held by the same individual.   The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President  as an Executive Vice President and  may designate the order
     in which  the  other Vice  Presidents may  act.   The Chairman  shall be  a
     Trustee,  but no other officer of  the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section  2.2.  Election  and  Tenure.    At   the  initial
     organization  meeting  and   thereafter  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the
     Trustees, the Trustees  shall elect the  Chairman, if  any, the  President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the  Trustees shall
     deem necessary  or appropriate in  order to carry  out the business of  the
     Trust.  Such  officers shall hold office  until the next annual  meeting of
     the Trustees  and  until  their  successors  have  been  duly  elected  and
     qualified.   The  Trustees  may  fill any  vacancy  in  office or  add  any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal  of Officers.   Any  officer may  be
     removed at any time, with  or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision  shall not  prevent the making  of a contract  of
     employment for a  definite term with any  officer and shall have  no effect
     upon any cause  of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.   Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such  officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if  any, the  President or  the Secretary,  and such  resignation
     shall take effect  immediately, or at a  later date according to  the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section  2.4.  Bonds  and  Surety.   Any  officer  may  be
     required by the Trustees  to be bonded for the faithful performance  of his
     duties  in  such  amount  and  with  such  sureties  as  the  Trustees  may
     determine.

                      Section  2.5.  Chairman,  President  and Vice  Presidents.
     The Chairman, if any,  shall, if  present, preside at  all meetings of  the
     Holders  and of  the Trustees  and shall  exercise and  perform  such other
     powers and  duties as  may be  from time  to time  assigned to  him by  the
     Trustees.   Subject to such supervisory powers,  if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees  to the  Chairman, if any,  the President  shall be the  chief
     executive  officer of  the  Trust  and, subject  to  the   control  of  the
     Trustees,  shall have  general supervision,  direction and  control  of the

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such  general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of  President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the  Chairman, if any, the President  shall
     preside at  all  meetings  of  the  Holders and,  in  the  absence  of  the
     Chairman, the  President shall  preside at  all meetings  of the  Trustees.
     The President shall be,  ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.   Subject to the  direction of the  Trustees, the President shall
     have  the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all  loan documents,  contracts,  agreements,  deeds, mortgages  and  other
     instruments in  writing, and to  employ and discharge  employees and agents
     of the Trust.   Unless  otherwise directed by  the Trustees, the  President
     shall have  full authority  and power  to attend,  to act and  to vote,  on
     behalf of the  Trust, at any meeting of  any business organization in which
     the  Trust holds  an interest,  or to  confer  such powers  upon any  other
     person,  by  executing any  proxies  duly  authorizing  such  person.   The
     President shall  have such further  authorities and duties  as the Trustees
     shall from  time to time determine.   In the  absence or disability  of the
     President,  the  Vice  Presidents  in  order  of  their  rank  or  the Vice
     President designated by  the Trustees, shall perform  all of the  duties of
     the  President, and  when so  acting shall  have all  the powers of  and be
     subject to all  of the  restrictions upon the  President.   Subject to  the
     direction of the  President, each  Vice President shall  have the power  in
     the name and on behalf  of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds,  mortgages and other instruments  in writing,
     and, in  addition, shall  have such  other duties  and powers  as shall  be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.    The Secretary  shall keep  the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all  votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive  Committee, if any.   The results of  all actions taken  at a
     meeting of the  Trustees, or by written  consent of the Trustees,  shall be
     recorded by the  Secretary.  The Secretary  shall be custodian of  the seal
     of  the  Trust, if  any, and  (and any  other person  so authorized  by the
     Trustees) shall affix the  seal or, if  permitted, a facsimile thereof,  to
     any  instrument executed by the  Trust which would be sealed  by a New York
     corporation executing the  same or a  similar instrument  and shall  attest
     the  seal and  the  signature  or signatures  of  the officer  or  officers
     executing such  instrument on  behalf of  the Trust.   The Secretary  shall
     also  perform any other  duties commonly incident to  such office  in a New
     York corporation, and shall have  such other authorities and duties  as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as  otherwise directed by
     the  Trustees, the  Treasurer  shall have  the  general supervision  of the
     monies,  funds, securities, notes receivable  and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall  have and exercise under the  supervision
     of  the  Trustees  and of  the  President all  powers  and  duties normally
     incident  to  his  office.   The  Treasurer  may  endorse  for  deposit  or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to  the Trust or
     to  its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.   The Treasurer shall keep  accurate account
     of the books of  the Trust's  transactions which shall  be the property  of

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     the  Trust, and which together with all other  property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to  the inspection and control of
     the  Trustees.    Unless  the  Trustees   shall  otherwise  determine,  the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer  of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the  Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as  the Trustees shall from time  to
     time  determine.     Notwithstanding  anything   to  the  contrary   herein
     contained,  the  Trustees  may authorize  the  Investment  Adviser  or  the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts  and deposit and disburse  funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section  2.8.  Other  Officers and  Duties.   The Trustees
     may  elect such other  officers and assistant  officers as  they shall from
     time to  time determine to  be necessary or  desirable in order to  conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant  officers shall act generally in  the
     absence of the  officer whom they assist  and shall assist that  officer in
     the duties of  his office.  Each  officer, employee and agent of  the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities  as may be conferred upon  him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of  the Trust shall
     be  deposited in  such  depositories as  the  Trustees shall  designate and
     shall  be  drawn out  on  checks, drafts  or  other orders  signed  by such
     officer,  officers, agent  or agents (including  the Investment  Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section  3.2.  Signatures.     All  contracts  and   other
     instruments  shall be  executed  on behalf  of the  Trust by  such officer,
     officers, agent or  agents as provided in these  By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.   The seal  of the Trust,  if any, may
     be  affixed to  any  document, and  the  seal and  its  attestation may  be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed  on any document with  the same
     force  and effect as if it had been  imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section    3.4.  Indemnification.       Insofar   as   the
     conditional advancing  of indemnification monies  under Section 5.4 of  the
     Declaration for actions  based upon  the 1940  Act may  be concerned,  such
     payments will  be made only on  the following conditions:  (i) the advances
     must be limited  to amounts used,  or to  be used, for  the preparation  or
     presentation of a  defense to the  action, including  costs connected  with
     the preparation  of  a settlement;  (ii) advances  may  be made  only  upon
     receipt of  a written promise by, or  on behalf of, the  recipient to repay
     the  amount  of  the  advance which  exceeds  the  amount  to  which it  is
     ultimately  determined that  he is entitled  to receive  from the  Trust by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by  a
     surety bond, other  suitable insurance or  an equivalent  form of  security
     which  assures that  any repayment  may be  obtained by  the  Trust without
     delay or litigation, which  bond, insurance or other form of  security must
     be provided by  the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested,  non-party Trustees, or an  independent legal
     counsel in  a written  opinion, shall  determine,  based upon  a review  of
     readily available facts,  that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section  3.5.  Distribution  Disbursing  Agents  and   the
     Like.  The  Trustees shall  have the power  to employ  and compensate  such
     distribution  disbursing  agents,   warrant  agents  and  agents   for  the
     reinvestment of distributions  as they  shall deem necessary  or desirable.
     Any of such agents shall have  such power and authority as is delegated  to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws

                      Section  4.1.  Regulations.   The Trustees  may make  such
     additional rules  and regulations, not inconsistent  with these By-Laws, as
     they may  deem expedient concerning the  sale and purchase  of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section  4.2.  Amendment  and   Repeal  of  By-Laws.    In
     accordance with Section  2.7 of the  Declaration, the  Trustees shall  have
     the power to  alter, amend or  repeal the By-Laws  or adopt new By-Laws  at
     any time.   Action by  the Trustees  with respect to  the By-Laws shall  be
     taken by  an affirmative vote of a majority  of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall  in  no  event  adopt   By-Laws  which  are  in  conflict  with   the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration  refers to the  Trustees as Trustees,  but
     not as  individuals or  personally; and  no Trustee,  officer, employee  or
     agent of  the Trust  shall be  held to  any personal  liability, nor  shall
     resort  be  had  to their  private  property  for the  satisfaction  of any
     obligation or  claim or  otherwise in  connection with  the affairs  of the
     Trust.













                                         -5-
<PAGE>




                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT  made this 13th  day of October, 1992,  between New York
     Tax  Free Portfolio, a New York trust  (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties  of the  Adviser.   The  Trust  hereby employs  the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for  and to manage the investment  and
     reinvestment of  the assets of  the Trust  and to  administer its  affairs,
     subject to  the supervision of  the Trustees of  the Trust, for the  period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The  Adviser hereby  accepts  such employment,  and  undertakes to
     afford  to   the  Trust  the   advice  and  assistance   of  the  Adviser's
     organization in the  choice of investments and in  the purchase and sale of
     securities for the  Trust and to furnish  for the use  of the Trust  office
     space  and all  necessary office  facilities, equipment  and personnel  for
     servicing the  investments of the  Trust and for  administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries  and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are  members of the  Adviser's organization  and all  personnel of  the
     Adviser   performing  services   relating   to   research  and   investment
     activities.  The  Adviser shall for all purposes herein  be deemed to be an
     independent contractor  and shall, except  as otherwise expressly  provided
     or authorized, have no authority to  act for or represent the Trust in  any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The  Adviser   shall  provide  the  Trust   with  such  investment
     management  and supervision  as the  Trust may  from time to  time consider
     necessary for  the proper supervision of the  Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust,  the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and  shall  determine  from  time   to  time  what  securities   and  other
     investments shall  be acquired, disposed  of or exchanged  and what portion
     of  the Trust's  assets shall  be held  uninvested, subject  always to  the
     applicable  restrictions   of  the  Declaration   of  Trust,  By-Laws   and
     registration statement of  the Trust under  the Investment  Company Act  of
     1940, all as from time to  time amended.  Should the Trustees  of the Trust
     at any  time, however,  make any  specific determination  as to  investment
     policy  for the  Trust  and  notify the  Adviser  thereof in  writing,  the
     Adviser  shall  be bound  by such  determination  for the  period,  if any,
     specified  in   such  notice   or  until   similarly  notified  that   such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser  shall take, on behalf of  the
     Trust, all actions which it deems  necessary or desirable to implement  the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place  all orders  for the purchase  or sale  of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with  the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the  Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is  authorized as the agent  of the Trust to  give instructions
     to the custodian  of the Trust as  to deliveries of securities  and payment
     of cash for  the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
<PAGE>






     such brokers or  dealers and the placing of  such orders, the Adviser shall
     use  its best efforts  to seek to  execute security  transactions at prices
     which are advantageous  to the Trust  and (when a  disclosed commission  is
     being  charged) at  reasonably competitive commission  rates.  In selecting
     brokers or  dealers qualified to execute  a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers  may  be  selected  who  also  provide  brokerage  and  research
     services (as those  terms are defined  in Section  28(e) of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act of  1934)  to  the  Adviser  and  the  Adviser  is  expressly
     authorized to  pay any  broker or  dealer who provides  such brokerage  and
     research services a  commission for executing a  security transaction which
     is in  excess of the  amount of commission  another broker or dealer  would
     have charged  for effecting that  transaction if the  Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to  the
     value of the  brokerage and research  services provided by  such broker  or
     dealer, viewed  in  terms of  either  that  particular transaction  or  the
     overall responsibilities  which the  Adviser and its  affiliates have  with
     respect  to  accounts  over  which  they  exercise  investment  discretion.
     Subject to  the  requirement set  forth  in  the second  sentence  of  this
     paragraph, the  Adviser  is authorized  to  consider, as  a  factor in  the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or  sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that  such broker or dealer has sold  or is selling shares
     of any one or  more investment  companies sponsored by  the Adviser or  its
     affiliates  or shares  of  any other  investment  company investing  in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the  Adviser.  For the  services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser,  the Adviser shall
     be entitled to  receive from the Trust,  on a daily basis,  compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
     asset rate applicable to that  portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Annual  Asset
                                                                         Rate

              1       up to $20 million                                  0.100%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million              0.200%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million             0.300%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion              0.275%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion              0.250%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion              0.225%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion                0.200%
              8       $3 billion and over                          0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of  the total daily gross income  of
     the Trust  (which portion  shall bear  the same  relationship to the  total
     daily  gross income  on such day  as that  portion of  the total  daily net
     assets of  the Trust  in the  same Category  bears to the  total daily  net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:
<PAGE>






     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Daily Income Rate

              1       up to $20 million                          1.00%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      2.00%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     3.00%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      2.75%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      2.50%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      2.25%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        2.00%
              8       $3 billion and over                        1.75%, plus


     Such  daily  compensation shall  be  paid monthly  in  arrears on  the last
     business day of each month.   The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in  accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of  initiation or termination of the Agreement  during any
     month with respect to the Trust,  the fee for that month shall  be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may,  from time to  time, waive all  or a part of  the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation  of Charges  and Expenses.    It is  understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses  other than those expressly stated
     to be  payable  by the  Adviser hereunder,  which expenses  payable by  the
     Trust  shall   include,  without  implied   limitation,  (i)  expenses   of
     maintaining the  Trust and continuing its  existence, (ii)  registration of
     the Trust  under the  Investment Company  Act of  1940, (iii)  commissions,
     fees  and  other  expenses  connected with  the  acquisition,  holding  and
     disposition of securities and other investments,  (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes  and interest, (vi) governmental  fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale  and redemption of  Interests in the Trust,  (viii)
     expenses  of registering  and  qualifying the  Trust  and Interests  in the
     Trust under  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  of  preparing  and
     printing registration statements or other offering  statements or memoranda
     for  such purposes and for distributing  the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of  registering and maintaining registrations  of the
     Trust  and the  Trust's  placement agent  as  broker-dealer or  agent under
     state securities laws, (ix)  expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings  of Holders and  proxy solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions,  (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees,  expenses and disbursements
     of custodians  and subcustodians for  all services to  the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities  and other investments,
     keeping of  books, accounts  and records,  and determination  of net  asset
     values, book  capital account balances  and tax capital account  balances),
     (xiv)  fees,  expenses  and  disbursements  of  transfer  agents,  dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all  services
     to  the Trust, (xv) expenses  for servicing the  accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct  charges  to Holders  approved  by the  Trustees  of the  Trust,
     (xvii)  compensation and  expenses of  Trustees of  the Trust  who are  not
     members  of the  Adviser's  organization,  and (xviii)  such  non-recurring
<PAGE>






     items  as  may  arise,  including  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
     litigation,  proceedings and  claims  and the  obligation  of the  Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other  Interests.   It  is  understood that  Trustees  and
     officers of  the Trust and Holders of Interests in the  Trust are or may be
     or become interested  in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers  and shareholders of the Adviser are or  may be
     or become similarly  interested in the Trust,  and that the Adviser  may be
     or  become interested  in the  Trust as  Holder or  otherwise.   It is also
     understood  that trustees,  officers,  employees  and shareholders  of  the
     Adviser  may be  or become  interested (as  directors, trustees,  officers,
     employees,  shareholders  or  otherwise) in  other  companies  or  entities
     (including,  without  limitation,  other  investment companies)  which  the
     Adviser  may organize, sponsor  or acquire, or with  which it  may merge or
     consolidate,  and which  may  include the  words  "Eaton Vance"  or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their  name,
     and that  the Adviser  or its  subsidiaries  or affiliates  may enter  into
     advisory  or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of Liability of  the Adviser.  The services  of
     the Adviser to the Trust  are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being  free  to render  services  to others  and  engage in  other business
     activities.   In  the absence  of  willful  misfeasance, bad  faith,  gross
     negligence or reckless  disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part  of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not  be subject to liability to the
     Trust  or to any Holder  of Interests in the Trust  for any act or omission
     in  the course of, or  connected with, rendering  services hereunder or for
     any  losses  which   may  be  sustained  in  the  acquisition,  holding  or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.   The Adviser  may employ one  or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the  acts
     and services of  the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute  the  Trust's portfolio  security  transactions, and  upon  such
     terms and conditions as  may be  agreed upon between  the Adviser and  such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration  and  Termination   of  this  Agreement.     This
     Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the  date  of its  execution, and,
     unless terminated  as  herein provided,  shall  remain  in full  force  and
     effect through and including February  28, 1994 and shall continue in  full
     force and  effect  indefinitely  thereafter,  but  only  so  long  as  such
     continuance after  February  28, 1994  is  specifically approved  at  least
     annually  (i)  by the  Board  of Trustees  of  the Trust  or by  vote  of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the  Trust and (ii) by the
     vote  of a majority of  those Trustees of the Trust  who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at  a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either  party hereto may,  at any  time on sixty (60)  days' prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this Agreement without  the payment
     of any penalty, by action of  Trustees of the Trust or the  trustees of the
<PAGE>






     Adviser,  as the  case may be,  and the  Trust may,  at any time  upon such
     written  notice  to the  Adviser,  terminate this  Agreement  by vote  of a
     majority  of  the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  Trust.    This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments  of  the  Agreement.   This  Agreement  may  be
     amended  by a  writing  signed by  both  parties hereto,  provided that  no
     amendment to this  Agreement shall be effective  until approved (i)  by the
     vote  of a majority of  those Trustees of the Trust  who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in  person at a meeting called for
     the purpose  of voting on such approval, and  (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation   of   Liability.     The   Adviser   expressly
     acknowledges  the  provision in  the  Declaration  of  Trust  of the  Trust
     (Section  5.2 and 5.6) limiting the  personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of  the Trust, and  the Adviser hereby  agrees that it shall  have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of  claims or obligations as between  the
     Trust  and the Adviser  arising out  of this  Agreement and shall  not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain   Definitions.     The   terms   "assignment"  and
     "interested persons" when  used herein  shall have the  respective meanings
     specified in  the Investment Company  Act of 1940  as now  in effect or  as
     hereafter amended  subject, however, to  such exemptions as  may be granted
     by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  by  any rule,  regulation  or
     order.  The term  "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a  meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a)  67 per
     centum or  more of  the Interests in  the Trust  present or represented  by
     proxy at the  meeting if  the Holders  of more than  50 per  centum of  the
     outstanding Interests in the  Trust are present or represented by  proxy at
     the meeting, or  (b) more than 50  per centum of the  outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders"  and "Interests" when used herein  shall
     have the respective meanings  specified in the Declaration of  Trust of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused  this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


     NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO       BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/James B. Hawkes            By:   /s/Curtis H. Jones     
          ------------------                   -------------------
              President                          Vice President
                                                 and not individually
<PAGE>




                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                January 29, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This  is  to  confirm that,  in  consideration  of the  agreements
     hereinafter contained, the  undersigned, New York Tax  Free Portfolio  (the
     "Trust"),  an   open-end  non-diversified  management  investment   company
     registered under  the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"),  organized as  a  New  York  trust,  has  agreed  that  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc. ("EVD")  shall be the  placement agent  (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1    EVD will  act  as Placement  Agent  of the  Trust Interests
     covered by  the Trust's  registration statement  then in  effect under  the
     1940  Act.    In  acting as  Placement  Agent  under  this Placement  Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD  nor its employees or any  agents thereof shall make
     any  offer or sale of Trust  Interests in a manner  which would require the
     Trust Interests  to be  registered under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2    All activities  by  EVD and  its  agents  and employees  as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests  shall comply with all  applicable laws,
     rules  and  regulations,  including,  without  limitation,  all  rules  and
     regulations adopted  pursuant  to  the  1940  Act  by  the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3   Nothing herein shall be  construed to  require the Trust  to
     accept any offer to  purchase any  Trust Interests, all  of which shall  be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The  Portfolio shall furnish  from time  to time  for use  in
     connection with the sale of  Trust Interests such information  with respect
     to the Trust and Trust  Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall  also  furnish  EVD  upon  request  with:  (a)  unaudited  semiannual
     statements of the  Trust's books and  accounts prepared by  the Trust,  and
     (b) from time  to time such  additional information  regarding the  Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration  statements
     filed by the  Trust with the Commission under the  1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared  in conformity with the  requirements of
     such statute  and the rules  and regulations of  the Commission thereunder.
<PAGE>






     As  used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
     registration statement  filed  with  the  Commission  as  modified  by  any
     amendments thereto  that  at  any  time shall  have  been  filed  with  the
     Commission  by or  on  behalf  of the  Trust.    The Trust  represents  and
     warrants  to   EVD  that  any  registration   statement  will  contain  all
     statements  required to  be  stated therein  in  conformity with  both such
     statute  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission;  that  all
     statements of fact  contained in any  registration statement  will be  true
     and  correct in  all  material  respects at  the  time  of filing  of  such
     registration  statement or  amendment  thereto;  and that  no  registration
     statement will include  an untrue statement of  a material fact or  omit to
     state a material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  to make
     the statements  therein not misleading  to a purchaser  of Trust Interests.
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from  time to time such
     amendment  to  any  registration  statement  as  in  the  light  of  future
     developments  may, in the  opinion of the Trust's  counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.    If   the  Trust  shall  not  propose  such  amendment  and/or
     supplement  within fifteen days  after receipt  by the  Trust of  a written
     request from  EVD  to  do  so,  EVD may,  at  its  option,  terminate  this
     Agreement.   The Trust  shall not  file any amendment  to any  registration
     statement  without  giving  EVD  reasonable  notice   thereof  in  advance;
     provided, however,  that nothing contained  in this Agreement  shall in any
     way  limit the  Trust's right  to file  at any  time such  amendment to any
     registration statement  as the Trust  may deem advisable,  such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6   The  Trust agrees  to indemnify,  defend and  hold  EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within  the
     meaning of Section 15  of the 1933 Act or Section  20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934  (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively,  "Covered Persons")  free and  harmless from  and against any
     and all  claims, demands, liabilities  and expenses (including  the cost of
     investigating  or defending  such claims,  demands  or liabilities  and any
     counsel fees  incurred in  connection therewith) which  any Covered  Person
     may  incur under  the 1933  Act, the  1934  Act, common  law or  otherwise,
     arising  out of  or  based  on any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
     contained in  any registration statement,  private placement memorandum  or
     other offering  material ("Offering Material")  or arising out  of or based
     on any omission  to state  a material  fact required  to be  stated in  any
     Offering  Material or  necessary  to make  the  statements in  any Offering
     Material not  misleading; provided, however, that  the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered  Persons  shall  not  be  deemed  to  cover  any  claims,
     demands, liabilities or  expenses arising out  of any  financial and  other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its  capacity
     as Placement Agent for use  in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or  in any statements made  in any Offering  Material, or arising
     out of  or based on  any omission or  alleged omission to state  a material
     fact  in connection  with the  giving of  such information  required to  be
     stated in  such answers  or necessary to  make the answers  not misleading;
     and further provided  that the Trust's  agreement to indemnify EVD  and the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  hereinbefore  set forth  in  this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not  be deemed to cover  any liability to the  Trust or
     its  investors to  which a  Covered Person  would otherwise  be subject  by
     reason  of  willful misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence in  the
<PAGE>






                                         -3-

     performance of  its duties,  or by reason  of a  Covered Person's  reckless
     disregard of  its obligations and duties  under this Agreement.   The Trust
     should be  notified of  any action brought  against a Covered  Person, such
     notification to be  given by a writing  addressed to the Trust,  24 Federal
     Street  Boston, Massachusetts 02110,   with  a copy  to the Adviser  of the
     Portfolio, Boston  Management and Research,  at the same address,  promptly
     after  the summons or  other first legal process  shall have  been duly and
     completely served upon  such Covered Person.  The  failure to so notify the
     Trust of  any such action  shall not relieve  the Trust from any  liability
     except to the extent  the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or  from  any liability  that  the Trust  may  have to  the  Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason  of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on  account of the Trust's  indemnity agreement
     contained  in this paragraph.   The  Trust will  be entitled to  assume the
     defense  of  any  suit  brought  to  enforce  any  such  claim,  demand  or
     liability, but in such case such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  of
     good standing  chosen by  the Trust  and approved  by  EVD, which  approval
     shall not  be unreasonably  withheld.   In the  event the  Trust elects  to
     assume  the defense of  any such suit and  retain counsel  of good standing
     approved by EVD,  the defendant or defendants  in such suit shall  bear the
     fees and expenses  of any additional counsel  retained by any of  them; but
     in case the Trust does not  elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably  does not  approve of counsel  chosen by the  Trust,
     the Trust  will reimburse  the Covered  Person named as  defendant in  such
     suit, for the fees and expenses  of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's  indemnification agreement  contained  in  this paragraph  and  the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  in  this Agreement  shall  remain
     operative and  in full  force and  effect regardless  of any  investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery  of
     any Trust  Interests.  This  agreement of indemnity  will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons  and their successors.   The Trust agrees to  notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of  any litigation or proceedings  against the
     Trust or  any of its officers or Trustees in  connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7   EVD  agrees to  indemnify, defend  and hold  the  Trust, its
     several officers  and  trustees, and  any  person  who controls  the  Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or  Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for  purposes of this paragraph  1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free  and  harmless  from  and   against  any  and  all   claims,  demands,
     liabilities  and  expenses   (including  the  costs  of   investigating  or
     defending such claims,  demands, liabilities and any counsel  fees incurred
     in connection  therewith) that  Covered Persons  may incur  under the  1933
     Act, the  1934 Act or common law or  otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred  by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims  or demands shall arise  out of or be based  on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD  in
     its  capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items  of any  registration statement or  in any  statements in  any
     other Offering Material  or shall arise out of or  be based on any omission
     to state a material  fact in connection with such information  furnished in
     writing by  EVD  to the  Trust required  to be  stated in  such answers  or
<PAGE>






                                         -4-

     necessary to  make such information not misleading.   EVD shall be notified
     of any  action brought against  a Covered Person,  such notification to  be
     given  by  a  writing  addressed  to  EVD at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110,  promptly after  the  summons  or  other first  legal
     process shall  have  been duly  and  completely  served upon  such  Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have  the right of first  control of the defense of  the
     action with counsel of its own choosing  satisfactory to the Trust if  such
     action is based  solely on such alleged  misstatement or omission on  EVD's
     part, and  in any other event each  Covered Person shall have  the right to
     participate in  the  defense or  preparation  of the  defense of  any  such
     action.  The failure to so notify  EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from  any liability  except to  the extent  the Trust  shall have  been
     prejudiced by such  failure, or  from any liability  that EVD  may have  to
     Covered  Persons by reason of any  such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or  omission  or alleged  omission,  otherwise  than  on  account of  EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8   No Trust  Interests shall  be offered  by either EVD  or the
     Trust under any of  the provisions of this Agreement and  no orders for the
     purchase  or sale  of Trust  Interests hereunder  shall be  accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness  of the registration statement or
     any necessary  amendments  thereto shall  be  suspended  under any  of  the
     provisions  of  the 1933 Act  or  the  1940  Act;  provided, however,  that
     nothing contained in  this paragraph shall in  any way restrict or  have an
     application  to  or bearing  on  the  Trust's  obligation  to redeem  Trust
     Interests from  any  investor in  accordance  with  the provisions  of  the
     Trust's  registration statement  or Declaration of  Trust, as  amended from
     time to time.

              1.9    The  Trust  agrees to  advise  EVD  as  soon  as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)   of  any request  by  the Commission  for amendments  to  the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)   in the event of  the issuance by the  Commission of any stop
     order suspending  the effectiveness of  the registration statement then  in
     effect  or the  initiation  by  service of  process  on  the Trust  of  any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)    of  the  happening  of  any  event  that makes  untrue  any
     statement of a  material fact  made in the  registration statement then  in
     effect  or  that requires  the  making  of a  change  in  such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)    of  all  action  of  the  Commission with  respect  to  any
     amendment to  any  registration statement  that may  from time  to time  be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of  this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by  or acts
     of  the Staff of the Commission shall not  be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.
<PAGE>






                                         -5-

              1.10   EVD agrees on behalf  of itself and its  employees to treat
     confidentially and as  proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not  otherwise publicly  available relative to  the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors  and not to use such  records
     and   information  for   any  purpose   other  than   performance   of  its
     responsibilities and duties  hereunder, except after prior  notification to
     and  approval  in  writing  by the  Trust,  which  approval  shall  not  be
     unreasonably withheld and  may not be withheld where  EVD may be exposed to
     civil  or  criminal  contempt  proceedings  for  failure  to  comply,  when
     requested to divulge  such information by duly constituted  authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  the date  of  its
     execution, and, unless  terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and  effect  through  and  including  February  28,  1994  and  shall
     continue in  full force  and effect  indefinitely thereafter,  but only  so
     long as such continuance after  February 28, 1994 is  specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the  Board of Trustees of the Trust or by  vote of
     a majority of  the outstanding voting securities  of the Trust and  (ii) by
     the  vote of  a  majority  of those  Trustees  of  the  Trust who  are  not
     interested persons of EVD  or the Trust cast in person at  a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party  hereto may, at any  time on  sixty (60) days'  prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this agreement without  the payment
     of any  penalty, by action  of Trustees  of the Trust  or the Directors  of
     EVD, as the case may be,  and the Trust may, at any time upon  such written
     notice  to EVD,  terminate this  Agreement by  vote  of a  majority of  the
     outstanding  voting   securities  of  the  Trust.    This  Agreement  shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and  the Trust  each  hereby represents  and warrants  to  the
     other that it  has all requisite authority to  enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform  its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this  Agreement  is  legal,  valid  and  binding,  and  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD  expressly acknowledges  the provision  in the  Declaration of
     Trust of  the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6)  limiting the personal liability
     of  the Trustees and officers  of the Trust, and EVD  hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse  to the Trust for  payment of claims or  obligations as
     between the Trust and  EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.
<PAGE>






                                         -6-

              The terms  "assignment" and "interested persons"  when used herein
     shall have the  respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to  such
     exemptions as may  be granted by the Securities  and Exchange Commission by
     any  rule,  regulation or  order.   The  term "vote  of a  majority  of the
     outstanding  voting  securities" shall  mean  the  vote,  at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of  the lesser of (a)  67 per centum  or more of  the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the  Holders of
     more than  50 per  centum of  the outstanding  Interests in  the Trust  are
     present or  represented by proxy at  the meeting, or  (b) more than  50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders"  and
     "Interests" when  used herein shall have  the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement  shall be subject to  all applicable provisions  of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940  Act and to the extent
     that  any provisions  herein contained  conflict with  any such  applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws  of the  Commonwealth of Massachusetts  shall, except  to
     the  extent  that  any  applicable  provisions  of  federal  law  shall  be
     controlling,  govern  the   construction,  validity  and  effect   of  this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract  set forth herein is acceptable to  you, please so
     indicate by executing  the enclosed copy  of this  Agreement and  returning
     the same  to the undersigned,  whereupon this Agreement  shall constitute a
     binding contract between  the parties hereto  effective at  the closing  of
     business on the date hereof.


                               Yours very truly,

                      NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO



                       By:  /s/James B. Hawkes 
                            -------------------
                            President

   Accepted:

   EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


   By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         
        ------------------------
        President 
<PAGE>










                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                January 29, 1993



     New York Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a party to
     the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                                                NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                By:  /s/James B. Hawkes
                                                    -----------------------    
                                                        President


     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY: /s/J.M. Keenan
         --------------------------
          Title: Vice President
<PAGE>







                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                    in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                    Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                      Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22
<PAGE>






              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
     clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
     securities depository but only if the Custodian has received a certified
     copy of a resolution of the Board approving such clearing agency as a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for
     United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350,
<PAGE>






     and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign securities but only if the
     Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
     approving such depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
     a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
     pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
     instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in this
     Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time
     authorized to give the particular class of instructions in question. 
     Different persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
     purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received
     and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the authority of
     any such person to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be standing
     instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
     that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall first have
     been obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that class,
     the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will be considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
     believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such
     instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Trust shall
     cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  The Trust
     authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other
     oral instructions given to the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate
     signed by two officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
     President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed
     description of the communication procedures approved by the President and
     the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
     communications effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
     devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and the
     Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford adequate safeguards
     for the Trust's assets.  In performing its duties generally, and more
     particularly in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
     securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of
     the provisions of the governing documents and registration statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time to time be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
     but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
     Custodian may assume unless and until notified in writing to the contrary

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict with
     or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing documents and
     registration statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
     Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote, resolution,
     consent, proceeding and other action taken by the Board or Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the    Trust 

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon sale of such securities or participation
                               interests for the account of the Trust, but only
                               against receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is made in Boston or New York City, payment
                               therefor shall be made in accordance with
                               generally accepted clearing house procedures or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor
                               shall be in accordance with the then current
                               "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time by the parties hereto; if the sale is
                               effected through a Securities System, delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                               through an Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery and payment therefor
                               shall be made in accordance with the provisions
                               of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are to
                               be sold outside the United States, delivery may
                               be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                               in writing from time to time by the parties
                               hereto; for the purposes of this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise of an
                               option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                               failure by the Trust to make a successful bid
                               with respect to a portfolio security, the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the receipt of payment in connection with
                               any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase


                                         -4-
<PAGE>






                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To the issuer thereof or its agent when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
                               provided that, in any such case, the cash or
                               other consideration is to be delivered to the
                               Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into the name of the Trust or into the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K hereof or into the name or nominee
                               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                               representing the same aggregate face amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance with the "street delivery" custom;
                               provided that the Custodian shall adopt such
                               procedures as the Trust from time to time shall
                               approve to ensure their prompt return to the
                               Custodian by the broker in the event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;
                    7)         For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan
                               of merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment of the securities
                               of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In the case of warrants, rights or similar
                               securities, the surrender thereof in connection
                               with the exercise of such warrants, rights or
                               similar securities, or the surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                               securities; provided that, in any such case, the
                               new securities and cash, if any, are to be

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For delivery in connection with any loans of
                               securities made by the Trust (such loans to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                               the United States government, its agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans for which collateral is to
                               be credited to the Custodian's account in the
                               book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable or responsible for the delivery of
                               securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as security in connection with any
                               borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                               hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then
                               permitted under circumstances described in the
                               current registration statement of the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities shall be released
                               only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in cases where additional
                               collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                               already made, further securities may be released
                               for that purpose; upon receipt of proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged
                               or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or repurchase of an interest in the
                               Trust in accordance with the provisions of
                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement between the Custodian (or a
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered national securities exchange,
                               or of any similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in connection with options transactions by the
                               Trust;



                                         -6-
<PAGE>






                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof), and a futures commissions merchant,
                               relating to compliance with the rules of the
                               Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of
                               any contract market or commodities exchange or
                               similar organization, regarding futures margin
                               account deposits or payments in connection with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board specifying the securities to be
                               delivered, setting forth the purpose for which
                               such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                               purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and
                               naming the person or persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.  Registration of Securities  Securities held by the Custodian
                  (other than bearer securities) for the account of the Trust
                  shall be registered in the name of the Trust or in the name
                  of any nominee of the Trust or of any nominee of the
                  Custodian, or in the name or nominee name of any agent
                  appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or in the name or
                  nominee name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                  2 hereof, or in the name or nominee name of The Depository
                  Trust Company or Participants Trust Company or Approved
                  Clearing Agency or Federal Book-Entry System or Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; provided, that
                  securities are held in an account of the Custodian or of such
                  agent or of such subcustodian containing only assets of the
                  Trust or only assets held by the Custodian or such agent or
                  such subcustodian as a custodian or subcustodian or in a
                  fiduciary capacity for customers.  All certificates for
                  securities accepted by the Custodian or any such agent or
                  subcustodian on behalf of the Trust shall be in "street" or
                  other good delivery form or shall be returned to the selling
                  broker or dealer who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.  Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                  separate bank account or accounts in the name of the Trust,
                  subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting in
                  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in
                  such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof,
                  all cash received by it from or for the account of the Trust
                  other than cash maintained by the Trust in a bank account
                  established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940.  Funds held by the Custodian
                  for the Trust may be deposited by it to its credit as
                  Custodian in the Banking Department of the Custodian or in
                  such other banks or trust companies as the Custodian may in
                  its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided,

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






                  however, that every such bank or trust company shall be
                  qualified to act as a custodian under the Investment Company
                  Act of 1940 and that each such bank or trust company and the
                  funds to be deposited with each such bank or trust company
                  shall be approved in writing by two officers of the Trust. 
                  Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its
                  capacity as Custodian and shall be subject to withdrawal only
                  by the Custodian in that capacity.

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the
                  Trust  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements with
                  the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the Custodian to
                  make certain it promptly receives the cash or other
                  consideration due to the Trust for payment of interests in
                  the Trust, or increases in such interests, in accordance with
                  the governing documents and registration statement of the
                  Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt notification to the
                  Trust of any receipt by it of such payments.

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon agreement
                  between the Trust and the Custodian, the Custodian shall,
                  upon the receipt of proper instructions, which may be
                  continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the
                  parties, invest in such securities and instruments as may be
                  set forth in such instructions on the same day as received
                  all federal funds received after a time agreed upon between
                  the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.  Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all income
                  and other payments with respect to registered securities held
                  hereunder to which the Trust shall be entitled either by law
                  or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall
                  promptly collect all income and other payments with respect
                  to bearer securities if, on the date of payment by the
                  issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or agent
                  thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the
                  Trust's custodian account.  The Custodian shall do all things
                  necessary and proper in connection with such prompt
                  collections and, without limiting the generality of the
                  foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                    1)         Present for payment all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                    2)         Present for payment all securities which may
                               mature or be called, redeemed, retired or
                               otherwise become payable;

                    3)         Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;

                    4)         Credit income from securities maintained in a
                               Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry
                               System for Commercial Paper at the time funds

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities maintained in The Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall be deemed available to the
                               Trust not later than the opening of business on
                               the first business day after receipt of such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                    The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as reasonably
                    practicable whenever income due on any security is not
                    promptly collected.  In any case in which the Custodian
                    does not receive any due and unpaid income after it has
                    made demand for the same, it shall immediately so notify
                    the Trust in writing, enclosing copies of any demand
                    letter, any written response thereto, and memoranda of all
                    oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                    instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in no case
                    have any liability for any nonpayment of such income
                    provided the Custodian meets the standard of care set forth
                    in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian shall not be obligated
                    to take legal action for collection unless and until
                    reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                    The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                    dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and deal
                    with the same pursuant to proper instructions relative
                    thereto.

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper instructions,
                  which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate
                  by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the
                  Trust in the following cases only:

                    1)         Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                               interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts and options on futures contracts
                               purchased for the account of the Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the
                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the
                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                      2)       When required in connection with the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                      3)       When required for the reduction or redemption of
                               an interest in the Trust in accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                      4)       For the payment of any expense or liability
                               incurred by the Trust, including but not limited
                               to the following payments for the account of the
                               Trust:  advisory fees, interest, taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer agent and legal fees, and other
                               operating expenses of the Trust whether or not
                               such expenses are to be in whole or part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                      5)       For distributions or payment to Holders of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                      6)       For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of

                                         -10-
<PAGE>






                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for which such payment
                               is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and naming the person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
                  Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the
                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; except that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been
                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, provided
                  that such securities have in fact been so transferred by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; and except that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in the
                  Trust  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (provided such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 

                                         -11-
<PAGE>






                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                      (5)      in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                    in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                    Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules
                    and regulations, and at all times subject to the following
                    provisions:

                    (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                    more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                    securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                    that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                    account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                    in the Securities System which shall not include any assets
                    of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other person
                    other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                    subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                    its customers.

                    (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                    securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                    Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                    securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian shall
                    be fully and completely responsible for maintaining a
                    recordkeeping system capable of accurately and currently
                    stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each such
                    Securities System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased in
                      book-entry form for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that such securities have been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of any entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for
                      the account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                      securities sold for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that payment for such securities has been
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such

                                         -12-
<PAGE>






                      transfer and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
                      of all notices or advices from the Securities System of
                      transfers of securities for the account of the Trust
                      shall identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by
                      the Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at
                      its request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the
                      Trust confirmation of each transfer to or from the
                      account of the Trust in the form of a written advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                      Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each
                      day's transactions in the Securities System for the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to the Securities System's accounting
                      system, system of internal accounting controls or
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the
                      Securities System; the Custodian shall promptly send to
                      the Trust any report or other communication relating to
                      the Custodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System; and the Custodian shall ensure that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall
                      promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any
                      report or other communication relating to such agent's or
                      subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System.  The Custodian's books and records 
                      relating to the Trust's participation in each Securities
                      System will at all times during regular business hours be
                      open to the inspection of the Trust's authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Securities System; the Custodian shall also
                      obtain appropriate assurance from the officers of the
                      Trust that the Board has annually reviewed the continued
                      use by the Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use of a
                      Securities System is to be discontinued; at the request
                      of the Trust, the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian or any of its
                      agents or subcustodians or of any of its or their
                      employees or from any failure of the Custodian or any
                      such agent or subcustodian to enforce effectively such

                                         -13-
<PAGE>






                      rights as it may have against the Securities System or
                      any other person; at the election of the Trust, it shall
                      be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the
                      Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      Securities System or any other person which the Custodian
                      may have as a consequence of any such loss or damage if
                      and to the extent that the Trust has not been made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.    Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved Book-Entry
                    System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of proper
                    instructions with respect to each issue of direct issue
                    commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the Custodian may
                    deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                    by the Trust in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                    Commercial Paper, in each case only in accordance with
                    applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules,
                    regulations, and no-action correspondence, and at all times
                    subject to the following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial Paper, provided that such paper is
                      issued in book entry form by the Custodian or
                      subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with which the
                      Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a book-entry
                      agreement and provided further that such paper is
                      maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of
                      the Custodian or such subcustodian in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper which shall not
                      include any assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      or any other person other than assets held by the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in an
                      Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper shall
                      identify by book-entry each specific issue of commercial
                      paper purchased by the Trust which is included in the
                      Securities System and shall at all times during regular
                      business hours be open for inspection by authorized
                      officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The
                      Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
                      maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately
                      and currently stating the Trust's holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                      purchased in book-entry form for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice
                      from the issuer that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such

                                         -14-
<PAGE>






                      purchase, payment and transfer for the account of the
                      Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer such commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper which
                      is redeemed for the account of the Trust only upon
                      contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice that
                      payment for such paper has been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such transfer or redemption
                      and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies of all
                      notices, advices and confirmations of transfers of
                      commercial paper for the account of the Trust shall
                      identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the
                      Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at its
                      request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                      confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of
                      the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice of
                      each such transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
                      copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day's
                      transactions in the System for the account of the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                    (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                    report or other communication received or obtained by the
                    Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                    system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                    safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System; the
                    Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report or
                    other communication relating to the Custodian's internal
                    accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                    commercial paper deposited in any Approved Book-Entry
                    System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian shall ensure
                    that any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or
                    any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof
                    shall promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any
                    report or other communication relating to such agent's or
                    subcustodian's internal accounting controls and procedures
                    for safeguarding securities deposited in any Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

                    (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M in
                    the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer of
                    the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                    particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                    the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate assurance from
                    the officers of the Trust that the Board has annually
                    reviewed the continued use by the Trust of each Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and the Trust shall
                    promptly notify the Custodian if the use of an Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is to be
                    discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the Custodian
                    will terminate the use of any such System as promptly as
                    practicable.

                    (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by the

                                         -15-
<PAGE>






                    subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper or
                    promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the Trust
                    or in the event of an electronic system failure which
                    impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct issue
                    commercial paper by book-entry.

                    (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                    notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust
                    for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from use of
                    any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper by
                    reason of any negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the
                    Custodian or any of its agents or subcustodians or of any
                    of its or their employees or from any failure of the
                    Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian to enforce
                    effectively such rights as it may have against the System,
                    the issuer of the commercial paper or any other person; at
                    the election of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be
                    subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to
                    any claim against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                    paper or any other person which the Custodian may have as a
                    consequence of any such loss or damage if and to the extent
                    that the Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                    damage.

              N.  Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity
                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, but only, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.



                                         -16-
<PAGE>






              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt
                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers
                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,

                                         -17-
<PAGE>






                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to
                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if

                                         -18-
<PAGE>






                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                      1.  Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
                    instructions and in accordance with the provisions of any
                    agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                    broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                    compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                    Corporation or of any registered national securities
                    exchange or similar organization or organizations, receive
                    and retain confirmations or other documents, if any,
                    evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                    security or securities index or other financial instrument
                    or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a segregated
                    account for the Trust, either physically or by book-entry
                    in a Securities System, securities subject to a covered
                    call option written by the Trust; and release and/or
                    transfer such securities or other assets only in accordance
                    with a notice or other communication evidencing the
                    expiration, termination or exercise of such covered option
                    furnished by the Options Clearing Corporation, the
                    securities or options exchange on which such covered option
                    is traded or such other organization as may be responsible
                    for handling such options transactions.  The Custodian and
                    the broker-dealer shall be responsible for the sufficiency
                    of assets held in the Trust's segregated account in
                    compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements.

                      2.       Futures Contracts  The Custodian shall, upon  
                    receipt of proper instructions, receive and retain
                    confirmations and other documents, if any, evidencing the
                    purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a
                    futures contract by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a
                    segregated account, for the benefit of any futures
                    commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
                    initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits
                    (including mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the
                    Trust's performance of its obligations under any futures
                    contracts purchased or sold or any options on futures
                    contracts written by Trust, in accordance with the
                    provisions of any agreement or agreements among the Trust,
                    the Custodian and such futures commission merchant,
                    designed to comply with the rules of the Commodity Futures
                    Trading Commission and/or of any contract market or
                    commodities exchange or similar organization regarding such
                    margin deposits or payments; and release and/or transfer
                    assets in such margin accounts only in accordance with any
                    such agreements or rules.  The Custodian and the futures
                    commission merchant shall be responsible for the

                                         -19-
<PAGE>






                    sufficiency of assets held in the segregated account in
                    compliance with the applicable margin maintenance and
                    mark-to-market payment requirements.

                      3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions  The Custodian shall,
                    pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a
                    subcustodian to enter into foreign exchange contracts or
                    options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot
                    and future delivery on behalf and for the account of the
                    Trust.  Such transactions may be undertaken by the
                    Custodian or subcustodian with such banking or financial
                    institutions or other currency brokers, as set forth in
                    proper instructions.  Foreign exchange contracts and
                    options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities of the
                    Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
                    therefor shall be the same as and no greater than the
                    Custodian's responsibility in respect of other portfolio
                    securities of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be
                    responsible for the transmittal to and receipt of cash from
                    the currency broker or banking or financial institution
                    with which the contract or option is made, the maintenance
                    of proper records with respect to the transaction and the
                    maintenance of any segregated account required in
                    connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall have
                    no duty with respect to the selection of the currency
                    brokers or banking or financial institutions with which the
                    Trust deals or for their failure to comply with the terms
                    of any contract or option.  Without limiting the foregoing,
                    it is agreed that upon receipt of proper instructions and
                    insofar as funds are made available to the Custodian for
                    the purpose, the Custodian may (if determined necessary by
                    the Custodian to consummate a particular transaction on
                    behalf and for the account of the Trust) make free outgoing
                    payments of cash in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign
                    currency before receiving confirmation of a foreign
                    exchange contract or confirmation that the countervalue
                    currency completing the foreign exchange contract has been
                    delivered or received.  The Custodian shall not be
                    responsible for any costs and interest charges which may be
                    incurred by the Trust or the Custodian as a result of the
                    failure or delay of third parties to deliver foreign
                    exchange; provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be
                    held to the standard of care set forth in, and shall be
                    liable to the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of
                    Section 8.

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                      1)       make payments to itself or others for minor
                               expenses of handling securities or other similar
                               items relating to its duties under this
                               Agreement, provided, that all such payments shall


                                         -20-
<PAGE>






                               be accounted for by the Custodian to the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)       surrender securities in temporary form for
                               securities in definitive form;

                      3)       endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                      4)       in general, attend to all nondiscretionary
                               details in connection with the sale, exchange,
                               substitution, purchase, transfer and other
                               dealings with the securities and property of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other
     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.


                                         -21-
<PAGE>






     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this
     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

                                         -22-
<PAGE>






     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,
     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.


                                         -23-
<PAGE>






              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
     Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment
     of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such
     compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall
     likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and
     disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the

                                         -24-
<PAGE>






     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 or to such
     other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in writing
     with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed

                                         -25-
<PAGE>






     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 















































                                         -26-
<PAGE>





















                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                             ---------------------------

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           
     PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                                       Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1              Allocation of Items to Book Capital
                       Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                                       Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other Adjustments to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                                       Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                        Account Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9





                                         -i-
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                             NEW YORK TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")
                             ---------------------------


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction

              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions

              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
<PAGE>






     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

                  (ii)         Any expenditures of the Trust for such
              year or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the
              Code or treated as expenditures under
              Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Treasury
              Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not
              otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss


                                         -2-
<PAGE>






              or specially allocated shall be subtracted from such
              Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean New York Tax Free Portfolio, a trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                         -3-
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts 

              3.1.  Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.  Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.  Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;


                                         -4-
<PAGE>






              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.  Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets

              4.1.  Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.  Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be
     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.  Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.  Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations

              5.1.  Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)   Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.  Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.



                                         -6-
<PAGE>






              (a) Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)         Second, any remaining amounts at the end
              of the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.
























                                         -7-
<PAGE>






              5.3.  Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.  Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.  Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts. 
     Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss pursuant to
     Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above to the
     contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have been
     made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year as
     provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.  Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption occurs
     prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal Year as
     ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's distributive
     share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such Holder will be
     made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable share of Trust
     items at such time.  All items so allocated to the redeeming Holder will
     be subtracted from the items to be allocated among the other non-redeeming
     Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All items allocated among
     the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made subject to the rules
     of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the Treasury Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals




                                         -8-
<PAGE>






              6.1.  Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.  Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.  Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation

              7.1.  Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof, upon
     dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of the
     Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.  Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.



                                         -9-
<PAGE>






              7.3.  Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided in
     Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust shall
     be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.  Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.









































                                         -10-
<PAGE>





                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This  Amendment, dated  as of  October 23,  1995,  is made  to the
     MASTER  CUSTODIAN  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  between  each  investment
     company advised by  Boston Management and  Research which  has adopted  the
     Agreement  (the  "Trusts")   and  Investors  Bank  &  Trust   Company  (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The  Trusts  and  the Custodian  agree  that  Section  10  of  the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms which are  defined in  the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall become effective  as of its execution,  shall
     continue in  full force and effect  until terminated by  either party after
     August 31, 2000 by  an instrument in writing  delivered or mailed,  postage
     prepaid to  the other  party, such  termination to take  effect not  sooner
     than sixty (60) days  after the date of such delivery or mailing; PROVIDED,
     that the  Trust may  at any  time by  action of  its Board, (i)  substitute
     another bank  or  trust company  for  the  Custodian by  giving  notice  as
     described above to  the Custodian in the  event the Custodian  assigns this
     Agreement  to another  party without consent  of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this  Agreement in the event of
     the  appointment of  a  conservator or  receiver for  the Custodian  by the
     Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation  or by the  Banking Commissioner  of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening  of a like event at
     the direction of  an appropriate regulatory  agency or  court of  competent
     jurisdiction.   Upon termination of the  Agreement, the Trust shall  pay to
     the  Custodian such  compensation as  may be  due as  of the  date of  such
     termination  (and shall  likewise reimburse  the Custodian  for its  costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This  Agreement  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  the  written
     agreement  of  the parties  hereto.   If a  majority of  the non-interested
     trustees  of any  of  the Trusts  determines that  the  performance of  the
     Custodian has  been unsatisfactory  or adverse  to the  interests of  Trust
     holders of any  Trust or Trusts or  that the terms of the  Agreement are no
     longer  consistent with  publicly available  industry  standards, then  the
     Trust  or  Trusts shall  give  written  notice  to the  Custodian  of  such
     determination and  the Custodian  shall have  60 days  to (1) correct  such
     performance  to the  satisfaction  of the  non-interested  trustees or  (2)
     renegotiate terms  which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.   If the conditions of the preceding  sentence are not met then
     the  Trust or  Trusts  may  terminate this  Agreement  on sixty  (60)  days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or  receiving
     notice of termination  of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust  company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company  Act of 1940  and the  Rules thereunder.   The Bank,  as Custodian,
     Agent or  otherwise, shall, upon  termination of the  Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian,  all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or  other  properties of  the  Trust deposited  with  or held  by  the Bank
     hereunder and all  books of account and  records kept by the  Bank pursuant
     to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by  the Bank relative  thereto.
     In the event that no written order designating  a successor custodian shall
     have  been  delivered  to  the  Bank  on  or  before  the  date  when  such
     termination shall become  effective, then the  Bank shall  not deliver  the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but  shall
     have the  right to  deliver to a  bank or trust  company doing  business in
     Boston, Massachusetts  of  its own  selection  meeting the  above  required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and  properties of the Trust  held by
     or deposited with  the Bank, and all  books of account and records  kept by
     the  Bank pursuant to  this Agreement, and all  documents held  by the Bank
     relative thereto.   Thereafter  such bank  or trust  company  shall be  the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as  expressly provided  herein, the Agreement  shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by  their duly authorized officers,  as of the day  and year
     first above written.

              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                       By:   /s/James L. O'Connor       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                James L. O'Connor
                                                Treasurer


                                       INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                Michael F. Rogers
<PAGE>




          Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
          24 Federal Street
          Boston, MA  02110
          (617) 482-8260

                                        January 21, 1993




          New York Tax Free Portfolio
          24 Federal Street
          Boston, MA  02110


          Ladies and Gentlemen:


               With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price
          of $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in New York
          Tax Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that
          we are purchasing such Initial Interest for investment purposes
          without any present intention of redeeming or reselling.

               The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of
          any portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion
          of any unamortized organization expenses, determined by the
          proportion of the amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to
          the aggregate Initial Interests of all holders of similar Initial
          Interests then outstanding after taking into account any prior
          withdrawals of any such Initial Interest.


                                        Very truly yours,


                                        EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST
                                        (on behalf of Eaton Vance 
                                        New York Tax Free Fund)


                                        By:   /s/James G. Baur
                                             -------------------------
                                             President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                           610646
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                          642349
<RECEIVABLES>                                    28248
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                      14
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 1
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  670612
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                        17876
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                              17876
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                        621396
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                         31340
<NET-ASSETS>                                    652736
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                41798
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                    3292
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          38506
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       (19278)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                        43044
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                            62272
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                          (2910)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                             3032
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                   3512
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                            645208
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission